1 //===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11 // definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12 //
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "TargetInfo.h"
16 #include "ABIInfo.h"
17 #include "CGCXXABI.h"
18 #include "CGValue.h"
19 #include "CodeGenFunction.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
21 #include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
22 #include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
25 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
27 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
28 #include <algorithm>    // std::sort
29 
30 using namespace clang;
31 using namespace CodeGen;
32 
33 static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34                                llvm::Value *Array,
35                                llvm::Value *Value,
36                                unsigned FirstIndex,
37                                unsigned LastIndex) {
38   // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39   for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
40     llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
41     Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
42   }
43 }
44 
45 static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
46   return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
47          T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
48 }
49 
50 ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
51 
52 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
53                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
54   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
55   if (!RD)
56     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
57   return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
58 }
59 
60 static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
61                                               CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
62   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
63   if (!RT)
64     return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
65   return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
66 }
67 
68 /// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
69 /// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
70 static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
71   if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
72     const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
73     if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
74       assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
75       return UD->field_begin()->getType();
76     }
77   }
78   return Ty;
79 }
80 
81 CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
82   return CGT.getCXXABI();
83 }
84 
85 ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
86   return CGT.getContext();
87 }
88 
89 llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
90   return CGT.getLLVMContext();
91 }
92 
93 const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
94   return CGT.getDataLayout();
95 }
96 
97 const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
98   return CGT.getTarget();
99 }
100 
101 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
102   return false;
103 }
104 
105 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
106                                                 uint64_t Members) const {
107   return false;
108 }
109 
110 void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
111   raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
112   OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
113   switch (TheKind) {
114   case Direct:
115     OS << "Direct Type=";
116     if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
117       Ty->print(OS);
118     else
119       OS << "null";
120     break;
121   case Extend:
122     OS << "Extend";
123     break;
124   case Ignore:
125     OS << "Ignore";
126     break;
127   case InAlloca:
128     OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
129     break;
130   case Indirect:
131     OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
132        << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
133        << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
134     break;
135   case Expand:
136     OS << "Expand";
137     break;
138   }
139   OS << ")\n";
140 }
141 
142 TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
143 
144 // If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
145 // It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
146 unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
147   // Verified for:
148   //   x86-64     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
149   //   x86-32     FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
150   //   PowerPC    Linux, Darwin
151   //   ARM        Darwin (*not* EABI)
152   //   AArch64    Linux
153   return 32;
154 }
155 
156 bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
157                                      const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
158   // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
159   //   x86_stdcall
160   //   MIPS
161   // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
162   return false;
163 }
164 
165 void
166 TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
167                                              llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
168   // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
169   // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
170   // dynamic.
171   Opt = "-l";
172   Opt += Lib;
173 }
174 
175 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
176 
177 /// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
178 /// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
179 static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
180                          bool AllowArrays) {
181   if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
182     return true;
183 
184   QualType FT = FD->getType();
185 
186   // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
187   // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
188   if (AllowArrays)
189     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
190       if (AT->getSize() == 0)
191         return true;
192       FT = AT->getElementType();
193     }
194 
195   const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
196   if (!RT)
197     return false;
198 
199   // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
200   //
201   // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
202   // current ABI.
203   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
204     return false;
205 
206   return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
207 }
208 
209 /// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
210 /// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
211 /// considered empty.
212 static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
213   const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
214   if (!RT)
215     return 0;
216   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
217   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
218     return false;
219 
220   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
221   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
222     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
223       if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
224         return false;
225 
226   for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
227     if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
228       return false;
229   return true;
230 }
231 
232 /// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
233 /// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
234 /// exactly one field which is itself a single element
235 /// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
236 /// considered single element structs.
237 ///
238 /// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
239 /// it exists.
240 static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
241   const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
242   if (!RT)
243     return nullptr;
244 
245   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
246   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
247     return nullptr;
248 
249   const Type *Found = nullptr;
250 
251   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
252   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
253     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
254       // Ignore empty records.
255       if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
256         continue;
257 
258       // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
259       if (Found)
260         return nullptr;
261 
262       // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
263       // cannot be a single element struct.
264       Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
265       if (!Found)
266         return nullptr;
267     }
268   }
269 
270   // Check for single element.
271   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
272     QualType FT = FD->getType();
273 
274     // Ignore empty fields.
275     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
276       continue;
277 
278     // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
279     // struct.
280     if (Found)
281       return nullptr;
282 
283     // Treat single element arrays as the element.
284     while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
285       if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
286         break;
287       FT = AT->getElementType();
288     }
289 
290     if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
291       Found = FT.getTypePtr();
292     } else {
293       Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
294       if (!Found)
295         return nullptr;
296     }
297   }
298 
299   // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
300   // padding beyond the element type.
301   if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
302     return nullptr;
303 
304   return Found;
305 }
306 
307 static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
308   // Treat complex types as the element type.
309   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
310     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
311 
312   // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
313   // convention without any padding.  (We're specifically looking for 32
314   // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
315   if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
316       !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
317     return false;
318 
319   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
320   return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
321 }
322 
323 /// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
324 /// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
325 /// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
326 /// inhibiting optimizations.
327 ///
328 // FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
329 // llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
330 // should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
331 // capable of handling it.
332 static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
333   // We can only expand structure types.
334   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
335   if (!RT)
336     return false;
337 
338   // We can only expand (C) structures.
339   //
340   // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
341   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
342   if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
343     return false;
344 
345   uint64_t Size = 0;
346 
347   for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
348     if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
349       return false;
350 
351     // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
352     // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
353     // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
354     if (FD->isBitField())
355       return false;
356 
357     Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
358   }
359 
360   // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
361   if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
362     return false;
363 
364   return true;
365 }
366 
367 namespace {
368 /// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
369 /// details. This implementation provides information which results in
370 /// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
371 /// conform to any particular ABI.
372 class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
373 public:
374   DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
375 
376   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
377   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
378 
379   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
380     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
381       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
382     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
383       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
384   }
385 
386   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
387                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
388 };
389 
390 class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
391 public:
392   DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
393     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
394 };
395 
396 llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
397                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
398   return nullptr;
399 }
400 
401 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
402   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
403     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
404 
405   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
406   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
407     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
408 
409   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
410           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
411 }
412 
413 ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
414   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
415     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
416 
417   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
418     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
419 
420   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
421   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
422     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
423 
424   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
425           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
426 }
427 
428 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
429 // le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
430 //
431 // This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI.  Arguments and return values
432 // are always passed on the stack.
433 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
434 
435 class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
436  public:
437   PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
438 
439   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
440   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
441 
442   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
443   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
444                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
445 };
446 
447 class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
448  public:
449   PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
450     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
451 };
452 
453 void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
454   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
455     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
456 
457   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
458     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
459 }
460 
461 llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
462                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
463   return nullptr;
464 }
465 
466 /// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
467 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
468   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
469     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
470       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
471     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
472   } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
473     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
474     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
475   } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
476     // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
477     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
478   }
479 
480   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
481           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
482 }
483 
484 ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
485   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
486     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
487 
488   // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
489   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
490     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
491 
492   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
493   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
494     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
495 
496   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
497           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
498 }
499 
500 /// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
501 bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
502   // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
503   return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
504     cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
505     IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
506 }
507 
508 static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
509                                           StringRef Constraint,
510                                           llvm::Type* Ty) {
511   if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
512     if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
513       // Invalid MMX constraint
514       return nullptr;
515     }
516 
517     return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
518   }
519 
520   // No operation needed
521   return Ty;
522 }
523 
524 /// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
525 /// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
526 static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
527   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
528     if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
529       return true;
530   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
531     // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
532     // registers specially.
533     unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
534     if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
535       return true;
536   }
537   return false;
538 }
539 
540 /// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
541 /// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
542 static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
543   return NumMembers <= 4;
544 }
545 
546 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
547 // X86-32 ABI Implementation
548 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
549 
550 /// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
551 struct CCState {
552   CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
553 
554   unsigned CC;
555   unsigned FreeRegs;
556   unsigned FreeSSERegs;
557 };
558 
559 /// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
560 class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
561   enum Class {
562     Integer,
563     Float
564   };
565 
566   static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
567 
568   bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
569   bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
570   bool IsWin32StructABI;
571   unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
572 
573   static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
574     return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
575   }
576 
577   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
578     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
579     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
580   }
581 
582   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
583                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
584     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
585     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
586   }
587 
588   bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
589 
590   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
591   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
592   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
593 
594   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
595 
596   /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
597   unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
598 
599   Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
600   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
601   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
602   bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
603 
604   /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
605   /// inalloca.
606   void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
607 
608   void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
609                            unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
610                            QualType Type) const;
611 
612 public:
613 
614   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
615   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
616                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
617 
618   X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
619                 unsigned r)
620     : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
621       IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
622 };
623 
624 class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
625 public:
626   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
627       bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
628     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
629 
630   static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
631       const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
632 
633   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
634                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
635 
636   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
637     // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
638     if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
639     return 4;
640   }
641 
642   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
643                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
644 
645   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
646                                   StringRef Constraint,
647                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
648     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
649   }
650 
651   void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
652                                 std::string &Constraints,
653                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
654                                 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
655                                 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
656                                 std::string &AsmString,
657                                 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
658 
659   llvm::Constant *
660   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
661     unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
662                    (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
663                    ('F' << 16) |
664                    ('T' << 24);
665     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
666   }
667 
668   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
669     return true;
670   }
671 };
672 
673 }
674 
675 /// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
676 /// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
677 /// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
678 ///     mov $0, $1
679 ///     mov eax, $1
680 /// The result will be:
681 ///     mov $0, $2
682 ///     mov eax, $2
683 static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
684                                              unsigned NumNewOuts,
685                                              std::string &AsmString) {
686   std::string Buf;
687   llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
688   size_t Pos = 0;
689   while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
690     size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
691     if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
692       DollarStart = AsmString.size();
693     size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
694     if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
695       DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
696     OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
697     Pos = DollarEnd;
698     size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
699     if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
700       // We have an operand reference.
701       size_t DigitStart = Pos;
702       size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
703       if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
704         DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
705       StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
706       unsigned OperandIndex;
707       if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
708         if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
709           OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
710         OS << OperandIndex;
711       } else {
712         OS << OperandStr;
713       }
714       Pos = DigitEnd;
715     }
716   }
717   AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
718 }
719 
720 /// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
721 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
722     CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
723     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
724     std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
725     std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
726     unsigned NumOutputs) const {
727   uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
728 
729   // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
730   // larger.
731   if (!Constraints.empty())
732     Constraints += ',';
733   if (RetWidth <= 32) {
734     Constraints += "={eax}";
735     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
736   } else {
737     // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
738     Constraints += "=A";
739     ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
740   }
741 
742   // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
743   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
744   ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
745 
746   // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
747   ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
748                                                   CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
749   ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
750 
751   rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
752 }
753 
754 /// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
755 /// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
756 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
757                                                ASTContext &Context) const {
758   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
759 
760   // Type must be register sized.
761   if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
762     return false;
763 
764   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
765     // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
766     // registers.
767     if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
768       return false;
769 
770     return true;
771   }
772 
773   // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
774   // member function pointer it is ok.
775   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
776       Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
777       Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
778     return true;
779 
780   // Arrays are treated like records.
781   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
782     return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
783 
784   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
785   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
786   if (!RT) return false;
787 
788   // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
789 
790   // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
791   // passed in a register.
792   for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
793     // Empty fields are ignored.
794     if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
795       continue;
796 
797     // Check fields recursively.
798     if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
799       return false;
800   }
801   return true;
802 }
803 
804 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
805   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
806   // integer register.
807   if (State.FreeRegs) {
808     --State.FreeRegs;
809     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
810   }
811   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
812 }
813 
814 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
815   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
816     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
817 
818   const Type *Base = nullptr;
819   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
820   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
821       isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
822     // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
823     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
824   }
825 
826   if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
827     // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
828     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
829       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
830 
831       // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
832       // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
833       // backend will like.
834       if (Size == 128)
835         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
836                   llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
837 
838       // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
839       // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
840       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
841           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
842         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
843                                                             Size));
844 
845       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
846     }
847 
848     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
849   }
850 
851   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
852     if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
853       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
854       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
855         return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
856     }
857 
858     // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
859     if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
860       return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
861 
862     // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
863     // in a register.
864     if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
865       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
866 
867       // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
868       // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
869       // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
870       // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
871       // quality of the generated IR.
872       if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
873         if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
874             || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
875           return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
876 
877       // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
878       // padding.
879       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
880     }
881 
882     return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
883   }
884 
885   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
886   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
887     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
888 
889   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
890           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
891 }
892 
893 static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
894   return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
895 }
896 
897 static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
898   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
899   if (!RT)
900     return 0;
901   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
902 
903   // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
904   if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
905     for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
906       if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
907         return false;
908 
909   for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
910     QualType FT = i->getType();
911 
912     if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
913       return true;
914 
915     if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
916       return true;
917   }
918 
919   return false;
920 }
921 
922 unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
923                                                  unsigned Align) const {
924   // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
925   // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
926   if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
927     return 0; // Use default alignment.
928 
929   // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
930   if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
931     // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
932     return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
933   }
934 
935   // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
936   if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
937                       isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
938     return 16;
939 
940   return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
941 }
942 
943 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
944                                             CCState &State) const {
945   if (!ByVal) {
946     if (State.FreeRegs) {
947       --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
948       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
949     }
950     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
951   }
952 
953   // Compute the byval alignment.
954   unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
955   unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
956   if (StackAlign == 0)
957     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
958 
959   // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
960   // argument.
961   bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
962   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
963 }
964 
965 X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
966   const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
967   if (!T)
968     T = Ty.getTypePtr();
969 
970   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
971     BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
972     if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
973       return Float;
974   }
975   return Integer;
976 }
977 
978 bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
979                                    bool &NeedsPadding) const {
980   NeedsPadding = false;
981   Class C = classify(Ty);
982   if (C == Float)
983     return false;
984 
985   unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
986   unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
987 
988   if (SizeInRegs == 0)
989     return false;
990 
991   if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
992     State.FreeRegs = 0;
993     return false;
994   }
995 
996   State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
997 
998   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
999       State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1000     if (Size > 32)
1001       return false;
1002 
1003     if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1004       return true;
1005 
1006     if (Ty->isPointerType())
1007       return true;
1008 
1009     if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1010       return true;
1011 
1012     if (State.FreeRegs)
1013       NeedsPadding = true;
1014 
1015     return false;
1016   }
1017 
1018   return true;
1019 }
1020 
1021 ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1022                                                CCState &State) const {
1023   // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
1024 
1025   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1026 
1027   // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1028   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1029   if (RT) {
1030     CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1031     if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1032       return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1033     } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1034       // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1035       return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1036     }
1037   }
1038 
1039   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1040   // to other targets.
1041   const Type *Base = nullptr;
1042   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1043   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1044       isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1045     if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1046       State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1047       if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1048         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1049       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1050     }
1051     return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1052   }
1053 
1054   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1055     if (RT) {
1056       // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
1057       if (IsWin32StructABI)
1058         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1059 
1060       // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
1061       if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1062         return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1063     }
1064 
1065     // Ignore empty structs/unions.
1066     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
1067       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1068 
1069     llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1070     llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1071     bool NeedsPadding;
1072     if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
1073       unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
1074       SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
1075       llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1076       return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1077     }
1078     llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
1079 
1080     // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1081     // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1082     // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1083     // optimizations.
1084     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1085         canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
1086       return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
1087           State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1088               State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1089           PaddingType);
1090 
1091     return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
1092   }
1093 
1094   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1095     // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1096     // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
1097     if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1098       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1099       if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1100           (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1101         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1102                                                             Size));
1103     }
1104 
1105     if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1106       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
1107 
1108     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1109   }
1110 
1111 
1112   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1113     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1114 
1115   bool NeedsPadding;
1116   bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
1117 
1118   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1119     if (InReg)
1120       return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1121     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1122   }
1123   if (InReg)
1124     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1125   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1126 }
1127 
1128 void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1129   CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1130   if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1131     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1132   else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1133     State.FreeRegs = 2;
1134     State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1135   } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
1136     State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
1137   else
1138     State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
1139 
1140   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
1141     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
1142   } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1143     // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1144     // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1145     if (State.FreeRegs) {
1146       --State.FreeRegs;  // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1147       FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1148     }
1149   }
1150 
1151   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1152   if (FI.isChainCall())
1153     ++State.FreeRegs;
1154 
1155   bool UsedInAlloca = false;
1156   for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1157     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1158     UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
1159   }
1160 
1161   // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1162   // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1163   if (UsedInAlloca)
1164     rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1165 }
1166 
1167 void
1168 X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
1169                                    unsigned &StackOffset,
1170                                    ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
1171   assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
1172   Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1173   FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
1174   StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
1175 
1176   // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.  For x86_32, each argument is 4
1177   // byte aligned.
1178   if (StackOffset % 4U) {
1179     unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
1180     StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
1181     unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
1182     assert(NumBytes);
1183     llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1184     Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1185     FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1186   }
1187 }
1188 
1189 static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1190   // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1191   switch (Info.getKind()) {
1192   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1193     return true;
1194   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1195     assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1196     return true;
1197   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1198     return false;
1199   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1200   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1201   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1202     if (Info.getInReg())
1203       return false;
1204     return true;
1205   }
1206   llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1207 }
1208 
1209 void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1210   assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1211 
1212   // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1213   SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1214 
1215   unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1216   CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1217 
1218   // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1219   bool IsThisCall =
1220       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1221   ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1222   if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1223       isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1224     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1225     ++I;
1226   }
1227 
1228   // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1229   if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1230     CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1231     addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
1232     // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1233     Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
1234   }
1235 
1236   // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1237   if (IsThisCall)
1238     ++I;
1239 
1240   // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1241   for (; I != E; ++I) {
1242     if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1243       addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1244   }
1245 
1246   FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1247                                         /*isPacked=*/true));
1248 }
1249 
1250 llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1251                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
1252   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
1253 
1254   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1255   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1256                                                        "ap");
1257   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
1258 
1259   // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1260   unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1261   Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1262   Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1263   if (Align > 4) {
1264     // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1265     llvm::Value *Offset =
1266       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1267     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1268     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1269                                                     CGF.Int32Ty);
1270     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1271     Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1272                                       Addr->getType(),
1273                                       "ap.cur.aligned");
1274   }
1275 
1276   llvm::Type *PTy =
1277     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
1278   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1279 
1280   uint64_t Offset =
1281     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
1282   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
1283     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
1284                       "ap.next");
1285   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1286 
1287   return AddrTyped;
1288 }
1289 
1290 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1291     const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1292   assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1293 
1294   switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1295   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1296     break;
1297   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack:  // -fpcc-struct-return
1298     return false;
1299   case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs:  // -freg-struct-return
1300     return true;
1301   }
1302 
1303   if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1304     return true;
1305 
1306   switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1307   case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1308   case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1309   case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1310   case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1311   case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1312     return true;
1313   default:
1314     return false;
1315   }
1316 }
1317 
1318 void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1319                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1320                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1321   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1322     if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1323       // Get the LLVM function.
1324       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1325 
1326       // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
1327       llvm::AttrBuilder B;
1328       B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
1329       Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1330                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1331                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1332                                               B));
1333     }
1334   }
1335 }
1336 
1337 bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1338                                                CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1339                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
1340   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1341 
1342   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
1343 
1344   // 0-7 are the eight integer registers;  the order is different
1345   //   on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1346   // 8 is %eip.
1347   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
1348 
1349   if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
1350     // 12-16 are st(0..4).  Not sure why we stop at 4.
1351     // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1352     // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
1353     llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
1354     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
1355 
1356   } else {
1357     // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1358     // reason.
1359     Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1360 
1361     // 11-16 are st(0..5).  Not sure why we stop at 5.
1362     // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1363     // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
1364     llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
1365     AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1366   }
1367 
1368   return false;
1369 }
1370 
1371 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1372 // X86-64 ABI Implementation
1373 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1374 
1375 
1376 namespace {
1377 /// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1378 class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1379   enum Class {
1380     Integer = 0,
1381     SSE,
1382     SSEUp,
1383     X87,
1384     X87Up,
1385     ComplexX87,
1386     NoClass,
1387     Memory
1388   };
1389 
1390   /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1391   ///
1392   /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1393   /// classification \arg Field.
1394   ///
1395   /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1396   /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1397   /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1398   /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
1399   static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
1400 
1401   /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1402   ///
1403   /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1404   /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1405   ///
1406   /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1407   /// the classification process.
1408   ///
1409   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1410   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1411   ///
1412   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1413   /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1414   ///
1415   void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1416 
1417   /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1418   /// given type T should be passed.
1419   ///
1420   /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1421   /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1422   ///
1423   /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1424   /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1425   ///
1426   /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1427   /// containing object.  Some parameters are classified different
1428   /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1429   ///
1430   /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1431   /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1432   ///
1433   /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1434   /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1435   /// will be Memory.
1436   ///
1437   /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
1438   ///
1439   /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1440   /// also be ComplexX87.
1441   void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1442                 bool isNamedArg) const;
1443 
1444   llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1445   llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1446                                  unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1447                                  unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1448   llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1449                                      unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1450                                      unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1451 
1452   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1453   /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
1454   ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
1455 
1456   /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
1457   /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
1458   ///
1459   /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1460   /// available.
1461   ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
1462 
1463   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
1464 
1465   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1466                                   unsigned freeIntRegs,
1467                                   unsigned &neededInt,
1468                                   unsigned &neededSSE,
1469                                   bool isNamedArg) const;
1470 
1471   bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1472 
1473   /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1474   /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1475   /// certain previous compilers.  In particular, platforms which
1476   /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1477   /// may need to exempt themselves.
1478   bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
1479     return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
1480   }
1481 
1482   bool HasAVX;
1483   // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1484   // 64-bit hardware.
1485   bool Has64BitPointers;
1486 
1487 public:
1488   X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
1489       ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
1490       Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
1491   }
1492 
1493   bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1494     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
1495     // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
1496     ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1497                                            /*isNamedArg*/true);
1498     if (info.isDirect()) {
1499       llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1500       if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1501         return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1502     }
1503     return false;
1504   }
1505 
1506   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1507 
1508   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1509                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1510 
1511   bool has64BitPointers() const {
1512     return Has64BitPointers;
1513   }
1514 };
1515 
1516 /// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
1517 class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1518 
1519   ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1520                       bool IsReturnType) const;
1521 
1522 public:
1523   WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1524 
1525   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
1526 
1527   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1528                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
1529 
1530   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1531     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1532     return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1533   }
1534 
1535   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1536                                          uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1537     // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1538     return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1539   }
1540 };
1541 
1542 class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1543   bool HasAVX;
1544 public:
1545   X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1546       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1547 
1548   const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1549     return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1550   }
1551 
1552   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1553     return 7;
1554   }
1555 
1556   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1557                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1558     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1559 
1560     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1561     // 16 is %rip.
1562     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1563     return false;
1564   }
1565 
1566   llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1567                                   StringRef Constraint,
1568                                   llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
1569     return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1570   }
1571 
1572   bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
1573                              const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
1574     // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1575     // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
1576     // function, so we override the default behavior.  However, don't do
1577     // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1578     // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1579     // defines varargs anyway.
1580     if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
1581       bool HasAVXType = false;
1582       for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1583              it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1584         if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1585           HasAVXType = true;
1586           break;
1587         }
1588       }
1589 
1590       if (!HasAVXType)
1591         return true;
1592     }
1593 
1594     return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
1595   }
1596 
1597   llvm::Constant *
1598   getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1599     unsigned Sig;
1600     if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1601       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1602             (0x0a << 8) |  //           .+0x0c
1603             ('F' << 16) |
1604             ('T' << 24);
1605     else
1606       Sig = (0xeb << 0) |  // jmp rel8
1607             (0x06 << 8) |  //           .+0x08
1608             ('F' << 16) |
1609             ('T' << 24);
1610     return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1611   }
1612 
1613   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1614     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1615   }
1616 
1617   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
1618     return true;
1619   }
1620 };
1621 
1622 class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1623 public:
1624   PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1625     : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
1626 
1627   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1628                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
1629     Opt = "\01";
1630     Opt += Lib;
1631   }
1632 };
1633 
1634 static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1635   // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1636   // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1637   // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1638   bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1639   std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1640   ArgStr += Lib;
1641   if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
1642     ArgStr += ".lib";
1643   ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
1644   return ArgStr;
1645 }
1646 
1647 class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1648 public:
1649   WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1650         bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1651     : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
1652 
1653   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1654                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1655 
1656   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1657                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1658     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1659     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1660   }
1661 
1662   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1663                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1664                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1665     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1666   }
1667 };
1668 
1669 static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1670                                              llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1671                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
1672   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1673     if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1674       llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1675 
1676       Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size", llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
1677     }
1678   }
1679 }
1680 
1681 void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1682                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1683                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1684   X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1685 
1686   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1687 }
1688 
1689 class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1690   bool HasAVX;
1691 public:
1692   WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
1693     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)), HasAVX(HasAVX) {}
1694 
1695   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1696                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1697 
1698   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
1699     return 7;
1700   }
1701 
1702   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1703                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
1704     llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
1705 
1706     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1707     // 16 is %rip.
1708     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
1709     return false;
1710   }
1711 
1712   void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
1713                                  llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
1714     Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
1715     Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
1716   }
1717 
1718   void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1719                                llvm::StringRef Value,
1720                                llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
1721     Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
1722   }
1723 
1724   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
1725     return HasAVX ? 32 : 16;
1726   }
1727 };
1728 
1729 void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1730                                                      llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1731                                             CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1732   TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
1733 
1734   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1735 }
1736 }
1737 
1738 void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1739                               Class &Hi) const {
1740   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1741   //
1742   // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1743   //     memory.
1744   //
1745   // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1746   //     memory.
1747   //
1748   // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1749   //     eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1750   //     argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1751   //     ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1752   //
1753   // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1754   //
1755   // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic.  Others can arise
1756   // only with unions; for example:
1757   //   union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1758   //
1759   // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1760   //
1761   if (Hi == Memory)
1762     Lo = Memory;
1763   if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1764     Lo = Memory;
1765   if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1766     Lo = Memory;
1767   if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1768     Hi = SSE;
1769 }
1770 
1771 X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
1772   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1773   // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1774   // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1775   // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1776   //
1777   // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1778   //
1779   // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1780   // the other class.
1781   //
1782   // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1783   // class.
1784   //
1785   // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1786   // INTEGER.
1787   //
1788   // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1789   // MEMORY is used as class.
1790   //
1791   // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1792 
1793   // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1794   // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1795   assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1796          "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1797   if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1798     return Accum;
1799   if (Field == Memory)
1800     return Memory;
1801   if (Accum == NoClass)
1802     return Field;
1803   if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
1804     return Integer;
1805   if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1806       Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
1807     return Memory;
1808   return SSE;
1809 }
1810 
1811 void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
1812                              Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
1813   // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1814   // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1815   // situations.
1816 
1817   // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1818   // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1819   // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1820 
1821   Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1822 
1823   Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1824   Current = Memory;
1825 
1826   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1827     BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1828 
1829     if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1830       Current = NoClass;
1831     } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1832       Lo = Integer;
1833       Hi = Integer;
1834     } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1835       Current = Integer;
1836     } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1837                (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
1838                 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
1839       Current = SSE;
1840     } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1841       Lo = X87;
1842       Hi = X87Up;
1843     }
1844     // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1845     // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
1846     return;
1847   }
1848 
1849   if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
1850     // Classify the underlying integer type.
1851     classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
1852     return;
1853   }
1854 
1855   if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
1856     Current = Integer;
1857     return;
1858   }
1859 
1860   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
1861     if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
1862       if (Has64BitPointers) {
1863         // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
1864         // Lo and Hi now.
1865         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1866       } else {
1867         // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
1868         // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
1869         uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1870         uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
1871         if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
1872           Lo = Hi = Integer;
1873         } else {
1874           Current = Integer;
1875         }
1876       }
1877     } else {
1878       Current = Integer;
1879     }
1880     return;
1881   }
1882 
1883   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1884     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
1885     if (Size == 32) {
1886       // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1887       // float> as integer.
1888       Current = Integer;
1889 
1890       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1891       // split.
1892       uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1893       uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1894       if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1895         Hi = Lo;
1896     } else if (Size == 64) {
1897       // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1898       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1899         return;
1900 
1901       // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
1902       if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
1903           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1904           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1905           VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
1906         Current = Integer;
1907       else
1908         Current = SSE;
1909 
1910       // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1911       // split.
1912       if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1913         Hi = Lo;
1914     } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
1915       // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1916       // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1917       // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1918       // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1919       // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1920       // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1921       // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
1922       //
1923       // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1924       // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1925       // variadic function.
1926       Lo = SSE;
1927       Hi = SSEUp;
1928     }
1929     return;
1930   }
1931 
1932   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
1933     QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
1934 
1935     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1936     if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
1937       if (Size <= 64)
1938         Current = Integer;
1939       else if (Size <= 128)
1940         Lo = Hi = Integer;
1941     } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
1942       Current = SSE;
1943     else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1944              (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
1945               getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
1946       Lo = Hi = SSE;
1947     else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
1948       Current = ComplexX87;
1949 
1950     // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1951     // should be split.
1952     uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1953     uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
1954     if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1955       Hi = Lo;
1956 
1957     return;
1958   }
1959 
1960   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1961     // Arrays are treated like structures.
1962 
1963     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1964 
1965     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
1966     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1967     if (Size > 256)
1968       return;
1969 
1970     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1971     // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1972     //
1973     // Only need to check alignment of array base.
1974     if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
1975       return;
1976 
1977     // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1978     // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1979     Current = NoClass;
1980     uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1981     uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1982 
1983     // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1984     // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1985     // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1986     if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1987       return;
1988 
1989     for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1990       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1991       classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
1992       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1993       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1994       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1995         break;
1996     }
1997 
1998     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
1999     assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
2000     return;
2001   }
2002 
2003   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2004     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2005 
2006     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
2007     // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2008     if (Size > 256)
2009       return;
2010 
2011     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2012     // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2013     // reference.
2014     if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
2015       return;
2016 
2017     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2018 
2019     // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2020     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2021       return;
2022 
2023     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2024 
2025     // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2026     Current = NoClass;
2027 
2028     // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2029     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2030       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2031         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2032                "Unexpected base class!");
2033         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2034           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2035 
2036         // Classify this field.
2037         //
2038         // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2039         // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2040         // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2041         Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2042         uint64_t Offset =
2043           OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2044         classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2045         Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2046         Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2047         if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2048           break;
2049       }
2050     }
2051 
2052     // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
2053     unsigned idx = 0;
2054     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2055            i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2056       uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2057       bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2058 
2059       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2060       // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
2061       //
2062       // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2063       // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2064       // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2065       //
2066       if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2067         Lo = Memory;
2068         return;
2069       }
2070       // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
2071       if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
2072         Lo = Memory;
2073         return;
2074       }
2075 
2076       // Classify this field.
2077       //
2078       // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2079       // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2080       // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2081       // NO_CLASS.
2082       Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2083 
2084       // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2085       // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2086       // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2087       if (BitField) {
2088         // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2089         if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2090           continue;
2091 
2092         uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2093         uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
2094 
2095         uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2096         uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
2097 
2098         if (EB_Lo) {
2099           assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2100           FieldLo = NoClass;
2101           FieldHi = Integer;
2102         } else {
2103           FieldLo = Integer;
2104           FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2105         }
2106       } else
2107         classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
2108       Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2109       Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2110       if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2111         break;
2112     }
2113 
2114     postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2115   }
2116 }
2117 
2118 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
2119   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2120   // place naturally.
2121   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
2122     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2123     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2124       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2125 
2126     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2127             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2128   }
2129 
2130   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
2131 }
2132 
2133 bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2134   if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2135     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
2136     unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
2137     if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2138       return true;
2139   }
2140 
2141   return false;
2142 }
2143 
2144 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2145                                             unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
2146   // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2147   // place naturally.
2148   //
2149   // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2150   // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2151   // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2152   // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2153   // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
2154   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
2155     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2156     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2157       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2158 
2159     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2160             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2161   }
2162 
2163   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
2164     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2165 
2166   // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2167   // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2168   unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
2169 
2170   // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2171   // is important for good codegen.
2172   //
2173   // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2174   // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2175   //
2176   // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2177   // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2178   // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2179   // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2180   // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2181   // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2182   // might be inreg.
2183   //
2184   // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2185   // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2186   // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2187   // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2188   //
2189   // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2190   // attributes. See PR12193.
2191   if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2192     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2193 
2194     // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2195     // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2196     if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2197       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2198                                                           Size));
2199   }
2200 
2201   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
2202 }
2203 
2204 /// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2205 /// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
2206 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2207   // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2208   // vectors; strip them off if present.
2209   if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2210     Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
2211 
2212   llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2213 
2214   // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
2215   if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
2216     llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
2217     unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
2218     if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
2219         (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
2220          EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2221          EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
2222          EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
2223       return VT;
2224   }
2225 
2226   return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2227 }
2228 
2229 /// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2230 /// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2231 /// alignment padding.  The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2232 /// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2233 /// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2234 ///
2235 /// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2236 static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2237                                   unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2238   // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2239   // data hiding here.  This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2240   // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2241   unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2242   if (TySize <= StartBit)
2243     return true;
2244 
2245   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2246     unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2247     unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2248 
2249     // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2250     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2251       // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2252       unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2253       if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
2254 
2255       unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2256       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2257                                  EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2258         return false;
2259     }
2260     // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2261     return true;
2262   }
2263 
2264   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2265     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2266     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
2267 
2268     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2269     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
2270       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2271         assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
2272                "Unexpected base class!");
2273         const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
2274           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2275 
2276         // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
2277         unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
2278         if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
2279 
2280         unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
2281         if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
2282                                    EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2283           return false;
2284       }
2285     }
2286 
2287     // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest.  Yes
2288     // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2289     // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2290     // much.
2291     unsigned idx = 0;
2292     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2293          i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2294       unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2295 
2296       // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2297       if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2298 
2299       unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2300       if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2301                                  Context))
2302         return false;
2303     }
2304 
2305     // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2306     // clean.
2307     return true;
2308   }
2309 
2310   return false;
2311 }
2312 
2313 /// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2314 /// float member at the specified offset.  For example, {int,{float}} has a
2315 /// float at offset 4.  It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2316 /// false.
2317 static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2318                                   const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2319   // Base case if we find a float.
2320   if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2321     return true;
2322 
2323   // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2324   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2325     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2326     unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2327     IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2328     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2329   }
2330 
2331   // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2332   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2333     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2334     unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2335     IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2336     return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2337   }
2338 
2339   return false;
2340 }
2341 
2342 
2343 /// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2344 /// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
2345 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2346 GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2347                    QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2348   // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
2349   // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding.  This happens for
2350   // structs that contain 3 floats.
2351   if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2352                             SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2353     return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
2354 
2355   // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2356   // offset+0 and offset+4.  Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2357   // case.
2358   if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2359       ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
2360     return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
2361 
2362   return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2363 }
2364 
2365 
2366 /// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2367 /// an 8-byte GPR.  This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2368 /// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct.  This routine picks
2369 /// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
2370 /// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2371 /// etc).
2372 ///
2373 /// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2374 /// the source type.  IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2375 /// the 8-byte value references.  PrefType may be null.
2376 ///
2377 /// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument.  SourceOffset is
2378 /// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2379 ///
2380 llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2381 GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
2382                        QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
2383   // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2384   // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it.  See if we can safely use it.
2385   if (IROffset == 0) {
2386     // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
2387     if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2388         IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
2389       return IRType;
2390 
2391     // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2392     // goodness in the source type is just tail padding.  This is allowed to
2393     // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2394     // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int.  We
2395     // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2396     // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2397     if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
2398         IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2399         (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2400       unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2401           cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
2402 
2403       if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2404                                 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2405         return IRType;
2406     }
2407   }
2408 
2409   if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
2410     // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
2411     const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
2412     if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2413       unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2414       IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
2415 
2416       return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2417                                     SourceTy, SourceOffset);
2418     }
2419   }
2420 
2421   if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2422     llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
2423     unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2424     unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2425     return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2426                                   SourceOffset);
2427   }
2428 
2429   // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2430   // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
2431   unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2432     (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
2433 
2434   assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
2435 
2436   // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2437   // isn't larger than the structure.
2438   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2439                                 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
2440 }
2441 
2442 
2443 /// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2444 /// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2445 /// first class aggregate to represent them.  For example, if the low part of
2446 /// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2447 /// return {i32*, float}.
2448 static llvm::Type *
2449 GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
2450                            const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
2451   // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2452   // at offset 8.  If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2453   // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2454   // the second element at offset 8.  Check for this:
2455   unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2456   unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
2457   unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
2458   assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2459 
2460   // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2461   // second element will start at an 8 byte offset.  We can't increase the size
2462   // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2463   // struct.
2464   if (HiStart != 8) {
2465     // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2466     // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2467     // Promote these to a larger type.
2468     if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2469       Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2470     else {
2471       assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2472       Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2473     }
2474   }
2475 
2476   llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
2477 
2478 
2479   // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2480   assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2481          "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2482   return Result;
2483 }
2484 
2485 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
2486 classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
2487   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2488   // classification algorithm.
2489   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2490   classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
2491 
2492   // Check some invariants.
2493   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2494   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2495 
2496   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2497   switch (Lo) {
2498   case NoClass:
2499     if (Hi == NoClass)
2500       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2501     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2502     // null.
2503     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2504            "Unknown missing lo part");
2505     break;
2506 
2507   case SSEUp:
2508   case X87Up:
2509     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2510 
2511     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2512     // hidden argument.
2513   case Memory:
2514     return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2515 
2516     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2517     // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2518   case Integer:
2519     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2520 
2521     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2522     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2523     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2524       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2525       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2526         RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2527 
2528       if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2529           RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2530         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2531     }
2532     break;
2533 
2534     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2535     // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2536   case SSE:
2537     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
2538     break;
2539 
2540     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2541     // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2542   case X87:
2543     ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
2544     break;
2545 
2546     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2547     // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2548     // %st1.
2549   case ComplexX87:
2550     assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
2551     ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2552                                     llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
2553                                     nullptr);
2554     break;
2555   }
2556 
2557   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2558   switch (Hi) {
2559     // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2560     // never occur as a hi class.
2561   case Memory:
2562   case X87:
2563     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2564 
2565   case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
2566   case NoClass:
2567     break;
2568 
2569   case Integer:
2570     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2571     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2572       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2573     break;
2574   case SSE:
2575     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2576     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2577       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2578     break;
2579 
2580     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
2581     // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2582     // vector register.
2583     //
2584     // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
2585   case SSEUp:
2586     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
2587     ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
2588     break;
2589 
2590     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2591     // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2592   case X87Up:
2593     // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
2594     // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
2595     // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
2596     // extra bits in an SSE reg.
2597     if (Lo != X87) {
2598       HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
2599       if (Lo == NoClass)  // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2600         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2601     }
2602     break;
2603   }
2604 
2605   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2606   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2607   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2608   if (HighPart)
2609     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2610 
2611   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2612 }
2613 
2614 ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
2615   QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2616   bool isNamedArg)
2617   const
2618 {
2619   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2620 
2621   X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
2622   classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
2623 
2624   // Check some invariants.
2625   // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2626   assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
2627   assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2628 
2629   neededInt = 0;
2630   neededSSE = 0;
2631   llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
2632   switch (Lo) {
2633   case NoClass:
2634     if (Hi == NoClass)
2635       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2636     // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2637     // null.
2638     assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2639            "Unknown missing lo part");
2640     break;
2641 
2642     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2643     // on the stack.
2644   case Memory:
2645 
2646     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2647     // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2648   case X87:
2649   case ComplexX87:
2650     if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
2651       ++neededInt;
2652     return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
2653 
2654   case SSEUp:
2655   case X87Up:
2656     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
2657 
2658     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2659     // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2660     // and %r9 is used.
2661   case Integer:
2662     ++neededInt;
2663 
2664     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2665     ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
2666 
2667     // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2668     // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2669     if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2670       // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2671       if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2672         Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2673 
2674       if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2675           Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2676         return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2677     }
2678 
2679     break;
2680 
2681     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2682     // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2683     // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
2684   case SSE: {
2685     llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2686     ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
2687     ++neededSSE;
2688     break;
2689   }
2690   }
2691 
2692   llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
2693   switch (Hi) {
2694     // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
2695     // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
2696     // which is passed in memory.
2697   case Memory:
2698   case X87:
2699   case ComplexX87:
2700     llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
2701 
2702   case NoClass: break;
2703 
2704   case Integer:
2705     ++neededInt;
2706     // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
2707     HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2708 
2709     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2710       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2711     break;
2712 
2713     // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2714     // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2715   case X87Up:
2716   case SSE:
2717     HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
2718 
2719     if (Lo == NoClass)  // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2720       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
2721 
2722     ++neededSSE;
2723     break;
2724 
2725     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2726     // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
2727     // register.  This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
2728   case SSEUp:
2729     assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
2730     ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
2731     break;
2732   }
2733 
2734   // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part.  It is
2735   // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result.  We do this by forming a
2736   // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2737   if (HighPart)
2738     ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
2739 
2740   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
2741 }
2742 
2743 void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2744 
2745   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2746     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
2747 
2748   // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
2749   unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
2750 
2751   // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2752   // integer register.
2753   if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2754     --freeIntRegs;
2755 
2756   // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
2757   if (FI.isChainCall())
2758     ++freeIntRegs;
2759 
2760   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
2761   // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2762   // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2763   unsigned ArgNo = 0;
2764   for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2765        it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
2766     bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
2767 
2768     unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2769     it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
2770                                     neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
2771 
2772     // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2773     // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2774     // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2775     // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
2776     if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
2777       freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2778       freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2779     } else {
2780       it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
2781     }
2782   }
2783 }
2784 
2785 static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2786                                         QualType Ty,
2787                                         CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2788   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2789     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2790   llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2791     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2792 
2793   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2794   // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
2795   // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2796   // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
2797   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2798   if (Align > 8) {
2799     // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
2800     llvm::Value *Offset =
2801       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
2802     overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2803     llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
2804                                                     CGF.Int64Ty);
2805     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
2806     overflow_arg_area =
2807       CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2808                                  overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2809                                  "overflow_arg_area.align");
2810   }
2811 
2812   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
2813   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2814   llvm::Value *Res =
2815     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
2816                               llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2817 
2818   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2819   // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2820   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2821   // an 8 byte boundary.
2822 
2823   uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
2824   llvm::Value *Offset =
2825       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7)  & ~7);
2826   overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2827                                             "overflow_arg_area.next");
2828   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2829 
2830   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2831   return Res;
2832 }
2833 
2834 llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2835                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2836   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2837   // struct {
2838   //   i32 gp_offset;
2839   //   i32 fp_offset;
2840   //   i8* overflow_arg_area;
2841   //   i8* reg_save_area;
2842   // };
2843   unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
2844 
2845   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
2846   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2847                                        /*isNamedArg*/false);
2848 
2849   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2850   // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2851   if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2852     return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2853 
2854   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2855   // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2856   // the number of floating point registers needed.
2857 
2858   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2859   // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2860   // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2861   //
2862   // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2863   // register save space).
2864 
2865   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2866   llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2867   llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
2868   if (neededInt) {
2869     gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2870     gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
2871     InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2872     InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
2873   }
2874 
2875   if (neededSSE) {
2876     fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2877     fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2878     llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
2879       llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2880     FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
2881     InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2882   }
2883 
2884   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2885   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2886   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2887   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2888 
2889   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2890 
2891   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2892 
2893   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2894   // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2895   // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2896   // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2897   // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2898   //
2899   // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2900   // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2901   // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2902   // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
2903   llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
2904   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2905     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2906                            "reg_save_area");
2907   if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2908     // FIXME: Cleanup.
2909     assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2910     llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
2911     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2912     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2913     assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2914     llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2915     llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
2916     assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
2917            "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
2918     llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2919     llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
2920     llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2921     llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2922     llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2923     llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
2924     llvm::Value *V =
2925       CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2926     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2927     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2928     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2929 
2930     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2931                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2932   } else if (neededInt) {
2933     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2934     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2935                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2936 
2937     // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2938     std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2939         CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2940     uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2941     unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2942     if (TyAlign > 8) {
2943       llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2944       CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2945       RegAddr = Tmp;
2946     }
2947   } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2948     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2949     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2950                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2951   } else {
2952     assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2953     // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2954     // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2955     llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2956     llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
2957     llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
2958     llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
2959       llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
2960     llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
2961     llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2962     Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
2963     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2964                                                          DblPtrTy));
2965     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2966     V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2967                                                          DblPtrTy));
2968     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2969     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2970                                         llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
2971   }
2972 
2973   // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2974   // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2975   // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2976   if (neededInt) {
2977     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
2978     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2979                             gp_offset_p);
2980   }
2981   if (neededSSE) {
2982     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
2983     CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2984                             fp_offset_p);
2985   }
2986   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2987 
2988   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2989 
2990   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2991   llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2992 
2993   // Return the appropriate result.
2994 
2995   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
2996   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
2997                                                  "vaarg.addr");
2998   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2999   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
3000   return ResAddr;
3001 }
3002 
3003 ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3004                                       bool IsReturnType) const {
3005 
3006   if (Ty->isVoidType())
3007     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3008 
3009   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3010     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3011 
3012   TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3013   uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
3014   unsigned Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align).getQuantity();
3015 
3016   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3017   if (RT) {
3018     if (!IsReturnType) {
3019       if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
3020         return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3021     }
3022 
3023     if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3024       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3025 
3026     // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
3027     if (Width == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
3028       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3029                                                           Width));
3030   }
3031 
3032   // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3033   // other targets.
3034   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3035   uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3036   if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3037     if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3038       FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3039       if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3040         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3041       return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3042     }
3043     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3044   }
3045 
3046 
3047   if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3048     // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3049     // directly.
3050     llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3051     if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3052       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3053   }
3054 
3055   if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3056     // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3057     // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
3058     if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
3059       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3060 
3061     // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
3062     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
3063   }
3064 
3065   // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3066   // extended.
3067   const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3068   if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
3069     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3070 
3071   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3072 }
3073 
3074 void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3075   bool IsVectorCall =
3076       FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
3077 
3078   // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3079   unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3080   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3081     FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3082 
3083   // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3084   FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
3085   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
3086     I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
3087 }
3088 
3089 llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3090                                       CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3091   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3092 
3093   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3094   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
3095                                                        "ap");
3096   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3097   llvm::Type *PTy =
3098     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3099   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3100 
3101   uint64_t Offset =
3102     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
3103   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3104     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
3105                       "ap.next");
3106   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3107 
3108   return AddrTyped;
3109 }
3110 
3111 // PowerPC-32
3112 namespace {
3113 /// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3114 class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3115 public:
3116   PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3117 
3118   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3119                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3120 };
3121 
3122 class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3123 public:
3124   PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
3125 
3126   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3127     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3128     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3129   }
3130 
3131   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3132                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3133 
3134   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3135     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3136   }
3137 
3138   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3139     return true;
3140   }
3141 };
3142 
3143 }
3144 
3145 llvm::Value *PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3146                                            QualType Ty,
3147                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3148   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3149     // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3150     (void)CTy;
3151     return nullptr;
3152   }
3153 
3154   bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
3155   bool isInt = Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
3156   llvm::Type *CharPtr = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3157   llvm::Type *CharPtrPtr = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3158 
3159   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3160   llvm::Value *GPRPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, CharPtr, "gprptr");
3161   llvm::Value *GPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(GPRPtr, CGF.Int32Ty);
3162   llvm::Value *FPRPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(GPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(1));
3163   llvm::Value *FPRPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(FPRPtrAsInt, CharPtr);
3164   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(FPRPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(3));
3165   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3166   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaPtrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(4));
3167   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaPtr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RegsaveAreaPtrAsInt, CharPtrPtr);
3168   llvm::Value *GPR = Builder.CreateLoad(GPRPtr, false, "gpr");
3169   // Align GPR when TY is i64.
3170   if (isI64) {
3171     llvm::Value *GPRAnd = Builder.CreateAnd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3172     llvm::Value *CC64 = Builder.CreateICmpEQ(GPRAnd, Builder.getInt8(1));
3173     llvm::Value *GPRPlusOne = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3174     GPR = Builder.CreateSelect(CC64, GPRPlusOne, GPR);
3175   }
3176   llvm::Value *FPR = Builder.CreateLoad(FPRPtr, false, "fpr");
3177   llvm::Value *OverflowArea = Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaPtr, false, "overflow_area");
3178   llvm::Value *OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OverflowArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3179   llvm::Value *RegsaveArea = Builder.CreateLoad(RegsaveAreaPtr, false, "regsave_area");
3180   llvm::Value *RegsaveAreaAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(RegsaveArea, CGF.Int32Ty);
3181 
3182   llvm::Value *CC = Builder.CreateICmpULT(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3183                                           Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
3184 
3185   llvm::Value *RegConstant = Builder.CreateMul(isInt ? GPR : FPR,
3186                                                Builder.getInt8(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3187 
3188   llvm::Value *OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(RegsaveAreaAsInt, Builder.CreateSExt(RegConstant, CGF.Int32Ty));
3189 
3190   if (Ty->isFloatingType())
3191     OurReg = Builder.CreateAdd(OurReg, Builder.getInt32(32));
3192 
3193   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3194   llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3195   llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3196 
3197   Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3198 
3199   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3200 
3201   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3202   llvm::Value *Result1 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OurReg, PTy);
3203   // Increase the GPR/FPR indexes.
3204   if (isInt) {
3205     GPR = Builder.CreateAdd(GPR, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3206     Builder.CreateStore(GPR, GPRPtr);
3207   } else {
3208     FPR = Builder.CreateAdd(FPR, Builder.getInt8(1));
3209     Builder.CreateStore(FPR, FPRPtr);
3210   }
3211   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3212 
3213   CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
3214 
3215   // Increase the overflow area.
3216   llvm::Value *Result2 = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, PTy);
3217   OverflowAreaAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(OverflowAreaAsInt, Builder.getInt32(isInt ? 4 : 8));
3218   Builder.CreateStore(Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OverflowAreaAsInt, CharPtr), OverflowAreaPtr);
3219   CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3220 
3221   CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3222 
3223   llvm::PHINode *Result = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(PTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3224   Result->addIncoming(Result1, UsingRegs);
3225   Result->addIncoming(Result2, UsingOverflow);
3226 
3227   if (Ty->isAggregateType()) {
3228     llvm::Value *AGGPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Result, CharPtrPtr, "aggrptr")  ;
3229     return Builder.CreateLoad(AGGPtr, false, "aggr");
3230   }
3231 
3232   return Result;
3233 }
3234 
3235 bool
3236 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3237                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3238   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3239   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3240 
3241   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3242 
3243   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3244   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3245   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3246   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3247 
3248   // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
3249   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
3250 
3251   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3252   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3253 
3254   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3255   // 64: mq
3256   // 65: lr
3257   // 66: ctr
3258   // 67: ap
3259   // 68-75 cr0-7
3260   // 76: xer
3261   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3262 
3263   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3264   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3265 
3266   // 109: vrsave
3267   // 110: vscr
3268   // 111: spe_acc
3269   // 112: spefscr
3270   // 113: sfp
3271   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3272 
3273   return false;
3274 }
3275 
3276 // PowerPC-64
3277 
3278 namespace {
3279 /// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3280 class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
3281 public:
3282   enum ABIKind {
3283     ELFv1 = 0,
3284     ELFv2
3285   };
3286 
3287 private:
3288   static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3289   ABIKind Kind;
3290 
3291 public:
3292   PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
3293     : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3294 
3295   bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
3296   bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
3297 
3298   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3299   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3300 
3301   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3302   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3303                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3304 
3305   // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3306   // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3307   // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3308   // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3309   // entry.  This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3310   // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
3311   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3312     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3313       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3314     for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
3315       // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3316       // One exception:  An aggregate containing a single floating-point
3317       // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
3318       const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
3319       if (T) {
3320         const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3321         if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
3322             (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
3323           QualType QT(T, 0);
3324           I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
3325           continue;
3326         }
3327       }
3328       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
3329     }
3330   }
3331 
3332   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3333                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
3334 };
3335 
3336 class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3337 public:
3338   PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
3339                                PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3340     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3341 
3342   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3343     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3344     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3345   }
3346 
3347   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3348                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3349 
3350   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3351     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec and VSX vectors.
3352   }
3353 
3354   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3355     return true;
3356   }
3357 };
3358 
3359 class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3360 public:
3361   PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3362 
3363   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
3364     // This is recovered from gcc output.
3365     return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3366   }
3367 
3368   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3369                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
3370 
3371   unsigned getOpenMPSimdDefaultAlignment(QualType) const override {
3372     return 16; // Natural alignment for Altivec vectors.
3373   }
3374 
3375   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3376     return true;
3377   }
3378 };
3379 
3380 }
3381 
3382 // Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3383 // extended to 64 bits.
3384 bool
3385 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3386   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3387   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3388     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3389 
3390   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3391   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3392     return true;
3393 
3394   // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3395   // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3396   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3397     switch (BT->getKind()) {
3398     case BuiltinType::Int:
3399     case BuiltinType::UInt:
3400       return true;
3401     default:
3402       break;
3403     }
3404 
3405   return false;
3406 }
3407 
3408 /// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3409 /// alignment in the parameter area.
3410 bool
3411 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3412   // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3413   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3414     Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3415 
3416   // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3417   // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3418   if (Ty->isVectorType())
3419     return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3420 
3421   // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3422   // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3423   const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3424   const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3425   if (EltType) {
3426     const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3427     if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3428          getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3429         (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3430       AlignAsType = EltType;
3431   }
3432 
3433   // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3434   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3435   uint64_t Members = 0;
3436   if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3437       isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3438     AlignAsType = Base;
3439 
3440   // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3441   if (AlignAsType)
3442     return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3443 
3444   // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3445   // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3446   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3447     return true;
3448 
3449   return false;
3450 }
3451 
3452 /// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3453 /// aggregate.  Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3454 /// to the number of base elements.
3455 bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3456                                      uint64_t &Members) const {
3457   if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3458     uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3459     if (NElements == 0)
3460       return false;
3461     if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3462       return false;
3463     Members *= NElements;
3464   } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3465     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3466     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3467       return false;
3468 
3469     Members = 0;
3470 
3471     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3472     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3473       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3474         // Ignore empty records.
3475         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3476           continue;
3477 
3478         uint64_t FldMembers;
3479         if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3480           return false;
3481 
3482         Members += FldMembers;
3483       }
3484     }
3485 
3486     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3487       // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3488       QualType FT = FD->getType();
3489       while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3490              getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3491         if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3492           return false;
3493         FT = AT->getElementType();
3494       }
3495       if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3496         continue;
3497 
3498       // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3499       if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3500           FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3501         continue;
3502 
3503       uint64_t FldMembers;
3504       if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3505         return false;
3506 
3507       Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3508                  std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3509     }
3510 
3511     if (!Base)
3512       return false;
3513 
3514     // Ensure there is no padding.
3515     if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3516         getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3517       return false;
3518   } else {
3519     Members = 1;
3520     if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3521       Members = 2;
3522       Ty = CT->getElementType();
3523     }
3524 
3525     // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3526     if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
3527       return false;
3528 
3529     // The base type must be the same for all members.  Types that
3530     // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3531     // treated as being equivalent here.
3532     const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3533     if (!Base)
3534       Base = TyPtr;
3535 
3536     if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3537         getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3538       return false;
3539   }
3540   return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3541 }
3542 
3543 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3544   // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3545   // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3546   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3547     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3548         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3549         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3550       return true;
3551   }
3552   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3553     if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128)
3554       return true;
3555   }
3556   return false;
3557 }
3558 
3559 bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3560     const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
3561   // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3562   // or two registers depending on their size.
3563   uint32_t NumRegs =
3564       Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3565 
3566   // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3567   return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
3568 }
3569 
3570 ABIArgInfo
3571 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3572   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3573 
3574   if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3575     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3576 
3577   // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3578   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3579   if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3580     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3581     if (Size > 128)
3582       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3583     else if (Size < 128) {
3584       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3585       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3586     }
3587   }
3588 
3589   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3590     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
3591       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3592 
3593     uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3594     uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3595 
3596     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3597     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3598     uint64_t Members = 0;
3599     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3600         isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3601       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3602       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3603       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3604     }
3605 
3606     // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3607     // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3608     // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3609     // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3610     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3611     if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3612       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3613 
3614       // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3615       // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3616       if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3617         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3618                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3619       // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3620       // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3621       else {
3622         uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3623         uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3624         llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3625         CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3626       }
3627 
3628       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3629     }
3630 
3631     // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
3632     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3633                                    /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
3634   }
3635 
3636   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3637           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3638 }
3639 
3640 ABIArgInfo
3641 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3642   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3643     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3644 
3645   if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3646     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3647 
3648   // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3649   // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3650   if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3651     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3652     if (Size > 128)
3653       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3654     else if (Size < 128) {
3655       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3656       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3657     }
3658   }
3659 
3660   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3661     // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3662     const Type *Base = nullptr;
3663     uint64_t Members = 0;
3664     if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3665         isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3666       llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3667       llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3668       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3669     }
3670 
3671     // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3672     uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3673     if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3674       if (Bits == 0)
3675         return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3676 
3677       llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3678       if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3679         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3680         CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
3681       } else
3682         CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3683                                           llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3684       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3685     }
3686 
3687     // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
3688     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3689   }
3690 
3691   return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3692           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3693 }
3694 
3695 // Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3696 llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3697                                            QualType Ty,
3698                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3699   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3700   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3701 
3702   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3703   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3704   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3705 
3706   // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3707   if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3708     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3709     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3710     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3711     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3712   }
3713 
3714   // Update the va_list pointer.  The pointer should be bumped by the
3715   // size of the object.  We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3716   // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword.  For these, the
3717   // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
3718   unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3719   QualType BaseTy;
3720   unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3721 
3722   if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3723     BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3724     CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3725     if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3726       SizeInBytes = 16;
3727   }
3728 
3729   unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3730   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3731     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3732                       "ap.next");
3733   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3734 
3735   // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3736   // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3737   // in separate doublewords.  However, Clang expects us to produce a
3738   // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly.  So generate
3739   // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3740   // and store them to a temporary structure.
3741   if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3742     llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3743     llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
3744     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3745       RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3746       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3747     } else {
3748       ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3749     }
3750     llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3751     RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3752     ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3753     llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3754     llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3755     llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3756                                             "vacplx");
3757     llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3758     llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3759     Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3760     Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3761     return Ptr;
3762   }
3763 
3764   // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3765   // its doubleword slot.  Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3766   // correct offset.
3767   if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3768     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3769     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3770     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3771   }
3772 
3773   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3774   return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3775 }
3776 
3777 static bool
3778 PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3779                               llvm::Value *Address) {
3780   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3781   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3782 
3783   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3784 
3785   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3786   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3787   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3788   llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3789 
3790   // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3791   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3792 
3793   // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3794   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3795 
3796   // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3797   // 64: mq
3798   // 65: lr
3799   // 66: ctr
3800   // 67: ap
3801   // 68-75 cr0-7
3802   // 76: xer
3803   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3804 
3805   // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3806   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3807 
3808   // 109: vrsave
3809   // 110: vscr
3810   // 111: spe_acc
3811   // 112: spefscr
3812   // 113: sfp
3813   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3814 
3815   return false;
3816 }
3817 
3818 bool
3819 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3820   CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3821   llvm::Value *Address) const {
3822 
3823   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3824 }
3825 
3826 bool
3827 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3828                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3829 
3830   return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3831 }
3832 
3833 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3834 // AArch64 ABI Implementation
3835 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3836 
3837 namespace {
3838 
3839 class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
3840 public:
3841   enum ABIKind {
3842     AAPCS = 0,
3843     DarwinPCS
3844   };
3845 
3846 private:
3847   ABIKind Kind;
3848 
3849 public:
3850   AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
3851 
3852 private:
3853   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3854   bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3855 
3856   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3857   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
3858   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3859   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3860                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
3861 
3862   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3863 
3864   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
3865     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3866       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
3867 
3868     for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
3869       it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
3870   }
3871 
3872   llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3873                                CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3874 
3875   llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3876                               CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3877 
3878   virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3879                                  CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
3880     return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3881                          : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3882   }
3883 };
3884 
3885 class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3886 public:
3887   AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3888       : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
3889 
3890   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3891     return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3892   }
3893 
3894   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3895 
3896   virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3897 };
3898 }
3899 
3900 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
3901   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3902 
3903   // Handle illegal vector types here.
3904   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3905     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3906     if (Size <= 32) {
3907       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3908       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3909     }
3910     if (Size == 64) {
3911       llvm::Type *ResType =
3912           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3913       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3914     }
3915     if (Size == 128) {
3916       llvm::Type *ResType =
3917           llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3918       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3919     }
3920     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3921   }
3922 
3923   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3924     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3925     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3926       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3927 
3928     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3929                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3930                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3931   }
3932 
3933   // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3934   // copy constructor are always indirect.
3935   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
3936     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3937                                    CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
3938   }
3939 
3940   // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3941   // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3942   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3943     if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3944       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3945 
3946     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3947   }
3948 
3949   // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
3950   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3951   uint64_t Members = 0;
3952   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3953     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
3954         llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
3955   }
3956 
3957   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3958   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3959   if (Size <= 128) {
3960     unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3961     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3962 
3963     // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3964     // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
3965     if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
3966       llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3967       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3968     }
3969     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3970   }
3971 
3972   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3973 }
3974 
3975 ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3976   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3977     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3978 
3979   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3980   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3981     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3982 
3983   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3984     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3985     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3986       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3987 
3988     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3989                 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3990                 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3991   }
3992 
3993   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3994     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3995 
3996   const Type *Base = nullptr;
3997   uint64_t Members = 0;
3998   if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
3999     // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4000     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4001 
4002   // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4003   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4004   if (Size <= 128) {
4005     Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
4006     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4007   }
4008 
4009   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4010 }
4011 
4012 /// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4013 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4014   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4015     // Check whether VT is legal.
4016     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4017     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4018     // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4019     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4020       return true;
4021     return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4022   }
4023   return false;
4024 }
4025 
4026 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4027   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4028   // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4029   // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4030   // including __fp16.
4031   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4032     if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4033       return true;
4034   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4035     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4036     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4037       return true;
4038   }
4039   return false;
4040 }
4041 
4042 bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4043                                                        uint64_t Members) const {
4044   return Members <= 4;
4045 }
4046 
4047 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
4048                                             QualType Ty,
4049                                             CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4050   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
4051   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4052 
4053   llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4054   if (IsIndirect)
4055     BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4056   else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4057     BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4058 
4059   unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4060   if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4061     BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4062     NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4063   }
4064   bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4065 
4066   // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4067   // Standard, section B.4:
4068   //
4069   // struct {
4070   //   void *__stack;
4071   //   void *__gr_top;
4072   //   void *__vr_top;
4073   //   int __gr_offs;
4074   //   int __vr_offs;
4075   // };
4076 
4077   llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4078   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4079   llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4080   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
4081   auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
4082 
4083   llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
4084   int reg_top_index;
4085   int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4086   if (!IsFPR) {
4087     // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
4088     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
4089     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4090     reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
4091     RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
4092   } else {
4093     // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
4094     reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
4095     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4096     reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
4097     RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
4098   }
4099 
4100   //=======================================
4101   // Find out where argument was passed
4102   //=======================================
4103 
4104   // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4105   // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4106   // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4107   // whatever they get).
4108   llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
4109   UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4110       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4111 
4112   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4113 
4114   // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
4115   // question is whether this particular type is too big.
4116   CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4117 
4118   // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4119   // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4120   // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
4121   if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4122     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4123 
4124     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4125         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4126         "align_regoffs");
4127     reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4128         reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4129         "aligned_regoffs");
4130   }
4131 
4132   // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
4133   llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
4134   NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4135       reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4136   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4137 
4138   // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4139   // registers or not.
4140   llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
4141   InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4142       NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4143 
4144   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4145 
4146   //=======================================
4147   // Argument was in registers
4148   //=======================================
4149 
4150   // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4151   // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4152   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4153 
4154   llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
4155   reg_top_p =
4156       CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
4157   reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
4158   llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
4159   llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
4160   llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4161 
4162   if (IsIndirect) {
4163     // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4164     // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4165     MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4166   }
4167 
4168   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4169   uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4170   bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
4171   if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
4172     // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4173     // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4174     // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4175     // contiguously.
4176     assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
4177     llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4178     llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
4179     llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
4180     int Offset = 0;
4181 
4182     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
4183       Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
4184     for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
4185       llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
4186           llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
4187       llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4188       LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
4189           LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
4190       llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
4191 
4192       llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4193       CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4194     }
4195 
4196     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
4197   } else {
4198     // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
4199     unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
4200     if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4201         (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
4202         Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
4203       int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4204       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4205 
4206       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4207           BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4208 
4209       BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4210     }
4211 
4212     RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
4213   }
4214 
4215   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4216 
4217   //=======================================
4218   // Argument was on the stack
4219   //=======================================
4220   CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4221 
4222   llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
4223   stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
4224   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
4225 
4226   // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
4227   // floating-point ones might be affected.
4228   if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
4229     int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4230 
4231     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4232 
4233     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4234         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
4235         "align_stack");
4236     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4237         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
4238         "align_stack");
4239 
4240     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4241   }
4242 
4243   uint64_t StackSize;
4244   if (IsIndirect)
4245     StackSize = 8;
4246   else
4247     StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4248 
4249   // All stack slots are 8 bytes
4250   StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
4251 
4252   llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
4253   llvm::Value *NewStack =
4254       CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
4255 
4256   // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4257   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4258 
4259   if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
4260       Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
4261     int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4262     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4263 
4264     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4265         OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
4266 
4267     OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
4268   }
4269 
4270   OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
4271 
4272   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4273 
4274   //=======================================
4275   // Tidy up
4276   //=======================================
4277   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4278 
4279   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
4280   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
4281   ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
4282 
4283   if (IsIndirect)
4284     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
4285 
4286   return ResAddr;
4287 }
4288 
4289 llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4290                                            CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4291   // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
4292   // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
4293   // other cases.
4294   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
4295     return nullptr;
4296 
4297   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4298   uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4299 
4300   const Type *Base = nullptr;
4301   uint64_t Members = 0;
4302   bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
4303 
4304   bool isIndirect = false;
4305   // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
4306   // be passed indirectly.
4307   if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
4308     isIndirect = true;
4309     Size = 8;
4310     Align = 8;
4311   }
4312 
4313   llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
4314   llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
4315 
4316   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4317   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4318   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4319 
4320   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4321     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4322     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4323     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4324   }
4325 
4326   const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
4327   if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
4328     llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
4329     Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
4330     llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
4331     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
4332     llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
4333     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
4334   }
4335 
4336   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
4337   llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
4338       Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
4339   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4340 
4341   if (isIndirect)
4342     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4343   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4344   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4345 
4346   return AddrTyped;
4347 }
4348 
4349 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4350 // ARM ABI Implementation
4351 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4352 
4353 namespace {
4354 
4355 class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4356 public:
4357   enum ABIKind {
4358     APCS = 0,
4359     AAPCS = 1,
4360     AAPCS_VFP
4361   };
4362 
4363 private:
4364   ABIKind Kind;
4365 
4366 public:
4367   ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
4368     setCCs();
4369   }
4370 
4371   bool isEABI() const {
4372     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4373     case llvm::Triple::Android:
4374     case llvm::Triple::EABI:
4375     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4376     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
4377     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4378       return true;
4379     default:
4380       return false;
4381     }
4382   }
4383 
4384   bool isEABIHF() const {
4385     switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4386     case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4387     case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4388       return true;
4389     default:
4390       return false;
4391     }
4392   }
4393 
4394   ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4395 
4396 private:
4397   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4398   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
4399   bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4400 
4401   bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4402   bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4403                                          uint64_t Members) const override;
4404 
4405   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4406 
4407   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4408                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
4409 
4410   llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4411   llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4412   void setCCs();
4413 };
4414 
4415 class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4416 public:
4417   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4418     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
4419 
4420   const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4421     return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4422   }
4423 
4424   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4425     return 13;
4426   }
4427 
4428   StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
4429     return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4430   }
4431 
4432   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4433                                llvm::Value *Address) const override {
4434     llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
4435 
4436     // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
4437     AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
4438     return false;
4439   }
4440 
4441   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
4442     if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4443     return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4444   }
4445 
4446   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4447                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
4448     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4449     if (!FD)
4450       return;
4451 
4452     const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4453     if (!Attr)
4454       return;
4455 
4456     const char *Kind;
4457     switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4458     case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4459     case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ:     Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4460     case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ:     Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4461     case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI:     Kind = "SWI"; break;
4462     case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT:   Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4463     case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF:   Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4464     }
4465 
4466     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4467 
4468     Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4469 
4470     if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4471       return;
4472 
4473     // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4474     // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4475     // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4476     llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4477     B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4478     Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4479                       llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4480                                               llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4481                                               B));
4482   }
4483 
4484   bool hasSjLjLowering(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override {
4485     return false;
4486     // FIXME: backend implementation too restricted, even on Darwin.
4487     // return CGF.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
4488   }
4489 };
4490 
4491 class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4492   void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4493                                         CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4494 
4495 public:
4496   WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4497       : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4498 
4499   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4500                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4501 };
4502 
4503 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4504     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4505   if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4506     return;
4507   if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4508     return;
4509 
4510   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4511   F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4512                llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4513 }
4514 
4515 void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
4516     const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4517   ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
4518   addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4519 }
4520 }
4521 
4522 void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4523   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4524     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4525 
4526   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4527     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
4528 
4529   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4530   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4531     return;
4532 
4533   llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4534   if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4535     FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4536 }
4537 
4538 /// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4539 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4540   // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
4541   if (isEABIHF())
4542     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4543   else if (isEABI())
4544     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4545   else
4546     return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4547 }
4548 
4549 /// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4550 /// as the C calling convention.
4551 llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
4552   switch (getABIKind()) {
4553   case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4554   case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4555   case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4556   }
4557   llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4558 }
4559 
4560 void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
4561   assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4562 
4563   // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4564   // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4565   llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4566   if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4567     RuntimeCC = abiCC;
4568 
4569   BuiltinCC = (getABIKind() == APCS ?
4570                llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS : llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS);
4571 }
4572 
4573 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4574                                             bool isVariadic) const {
4575   // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4576   //   A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4577   //   half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4578   //   A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4579   //   with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4580   //   64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4581   //   to four Elements.
4582   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4583 
4584   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4585 
4586   // Handle illegal vector types here.
4587   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4588     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4589     if (Size <= 32) {
4590       llvm::Type *ResType =
4591           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4592       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4593     }
4594     if (Size == 64) {
4595       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4596           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
4597       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4598     }
4599     if (Size == 128) {
4600       llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4601           llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
4602       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4603     }
4604     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4605   }
4606 
4607   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4608     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4609     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
4610       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4611     }
4612 
4613     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4614                                           : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4615   }
4616 
4617   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4618     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
4619   }
4620 
4621   // Ignore empty records.
4622   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
4623     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4624 
4625   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4626     // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4627     // into VFP registers.
4628     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4629     uint64_t Members = 0;
4630     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
4631       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4632       // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4633       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4634     }
4635   }
4636 
4637   // Support byval for ARM.
4638   // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4639   // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4640   // than ABI alignment.
4641   uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4642   uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4643   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4644       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4645     ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4646   if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
4647     // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4648     // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4649     // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4650     // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4651     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
4652            /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
4653   }
4654 
4655   // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
4656   llvm::Type* ElemTy;
4657   unsigned SizeRegs;
4658   // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4659   // we can.
4660   if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
4661     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4662     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
4663   } else {
4664     ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4665     SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
4666   }
4667 
4668   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
4669 }
4670 
4671 static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
4672                               llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4673   // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4674   // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4675   // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4676 
4677   uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4678 
4679   // Check that the type fits in a word.
4680   if (Size > 32)
4681     return false;
4682 
4683   // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4684   if (Ty->isVectorType())
4685     return false;
4686 
4687   // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4688   if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4689     return false;
4690 
4691   // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
4692   if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
4693     return true;
4694 
4695   // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4696   if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4697     return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
4698 
4699   // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4700   // above, but they are not.
4701 
4702   // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4703   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4704   if (!RT) return false;
4705 
4706   // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4707   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4708   if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4709     return false;
4710 
4711   // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4712   // like".
4713   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4714 
4715   bool HadField = false;
4716   unsigned idx = 0;
4717   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4718        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
4719     const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
4720 
4721     // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4722     // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4723     //   struct { int : 0; int x }
4724     // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4725     if (FD->isBitField()) {
4726       if (!RD->isUnion())
4727         HadField = true;
4728 
4729       if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4730         return false;
4731 
4732       continue;
4733     }
4734 
4735     // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4736     if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4737       return false;
4738 
4739     if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4740       return false;
4741 
4742     // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4743     // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4744     // empty structure.
4745     if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4746       if (HadField)
4747         return false;
4748 
4749       HadField = true;
4750     }
4751   }
4752 
4753   return true;
4754 }
4755 
4756 ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4757                                           bool isVariadic) const {
4758   bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
4759 
4760   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4761     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4762 
4763   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4764   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4765     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4766   }
4767 
4768   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4769     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4770     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4771       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4772 
4773     return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4774                                             : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4775   }
4776 
4777   // Are we following APCS?
4778   if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
4779     if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
4780       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4781 
4782     // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4783     //
4784     // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4785     // correctly.
4786     if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4787       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
4788           getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
4789 
4790     // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
4791     if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
4792       // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4793       uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4794       if (Size <= 8)
4795         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4796       if (Size <= 16)
4797         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4798       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4799     }
4800 
4801     // Otherwise return in memory.
4802     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4803   }
4804 
4805   // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4806 
4807   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4808     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4809 
4810   // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
4811   if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
4812     const Type *Base = nullptr;
4813     uint64_t Members;
4814     if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4815       assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
4816       // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4817       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
4818     }
4819   }
4820 
4821   // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4822   // are returned indirectly.
4823   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4824   if (Size <= 32) {
4825     if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4826       // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4827       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4828 
4829     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4830     if (Size <= 8)
4831       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4832     if (Size <= 16)
4833       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4834     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4835   }
4836 
4837   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
4838 }
4839 
4840 /// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4841 bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4842   if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4843     // Check whether VT is legal.
4844     unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4845     uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4846     // NumElements should be power of 2.
4847     if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4848       return true;
4849     // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4850     return Size <= 32;
4851   }
4852   return false;
4853 }
4854 
4855 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4856   // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4857   // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4858   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4859     if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
4860         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4861         BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4862       return true;
4863   } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4864     unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4865     if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4866       return true;
4867   }
4868   return false;
4869 }
4870 
4871 bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4872                                                    uint64_t Members) const {
4873   return Members <= 4;
4874 }
4875 
4876 llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4877                                    CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4878   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4879   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
4880 
4881   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4882   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
4883   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
4884 
4885   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4886     // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4887     llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4888     return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4889   }
4890 
4891   uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
4892   uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4893   bool IsIndirect = false;
4894 
4895   // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4896   // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
4897   if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4898       getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4899     TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4900   else
4901     TyAlign = 4;
4902   // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4903   if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4904     IsIndirect = true;
4905     Size = 4;
4906     TyAlign = 4;
4907   }
4908 
4909   // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
4910   if (TyAlign > 4) {
4911     assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4912            "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4913     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4914     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4915     AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
4916     Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
4917   }
4918 
4919   uint64_t Offset =
4920     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
4921   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
4922     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
4923                       "ap.next");
4924   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4925 
4926   if (IsIndirect)
4927     Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
4928   else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
4929     // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4930     // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4931     // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4932     // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4933     // than the ABI alignment.
4934     llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4935     CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4936     llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4937                                                     "var.align");
4938     llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4939     llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4940     Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4941         llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4942         TyAlign, false);
4943     Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4944   }
4945   llvm::Type *PTy =
4946     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4947   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4948 
4949   return AddrTyped;
4950 }
4951 
4952 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4953 // NVPTX ABI Implementation
4954 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4955 
4956 namespace {
4957 
4958 class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4959 public:
4960   NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4961 
4962   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4963   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4964 
4965   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4966   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4967                          CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
4968 };
4969 
4970 class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4971 public:
4972   NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4973     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4974 
4975   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4976                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
4977 private:
4978   // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4979   // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4980   static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
4981 };
4982 
4983 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4984   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4985     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4986 
4987   // note: this is different from default ABI
4988   if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4989     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4990 
4991   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4992   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4993     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4994 
4995   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4996           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4997 }
4998 
4999 ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5000   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5001   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5002     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5003 
5004   // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5005   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5006     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /* byval */ true);
5007 
5008   return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5009           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5010 }
5011 
5012 void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5013   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5014     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5015   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5016     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5017 
5018   // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5019   if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5020     return;
5021 
5022   FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5023 }
5024 
5025 llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5026                                      CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
5027   llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
5028 }
5029 
5030 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
5031 SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5032                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
5033   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5034   if (!FD) return;
5035 
5036   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5037 
5038   // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
5039   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5040     // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
5041     // By default, all functions are device functions
5042     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5043       // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
5044       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5045       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5046       // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5047       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5048     }
5049   }
5050 
5051   // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
5052   if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5053     // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry.  Since
5054     // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5055     // need to set the noinline attribute.
5056     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5057       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5058       addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5059     }
5060     if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
5061       // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
5062       addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
5063                       FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
5064       // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
5065       // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
5066       // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
5067       // don't have to add a PTX directive.
5068       int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
5069       if (MinCTASM > 0) {
5070         // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5071         addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
5072       }
5073     }
5074   }
5075 }
5076 
5077 void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5078                                              int Operand) {
5079   llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5080   llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5081 
5082   // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5083   llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5084 
5085   llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5086       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5087       llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5088           llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
5089   // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5090   MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5091 }
5092 }
5093 
5094 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5095 // SystemZ ABI Implementation
5096 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5097 
5098 namespace {
5099 
5100 class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5101 public:
5102   SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5103 
5104   bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5105   bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
5106   bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5107 
5108   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5109   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5110 
5111   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
5112     if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5113       FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5114     for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5115       I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5116   }
5117 
5118   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5119                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5120 };
5121 
5122 class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5123 public:
5124   SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5125     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5126 };
5127 
5128 }
5129 
5130 bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5131   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5132   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5133     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5134 
5135   // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5136   if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5137     return true;
5138 
5139   // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5140   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5141     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5142     case BuiltinType::Int:
5143     case BuiltinType::UInt:
5144       return true;
5145     default:
5146       return false;
5147     }
5148   return false;
5149 }
5150 
5151 bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5152   return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5153 }
5154 
5155 bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5156   if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5157     switch (BT->getKind()) {
5158     case BuiltinType::Float:
5159     case BuiltinType::Double:
5160       return true;
5161     default:
5162       return false;
5163     }
5164 
5165   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5166     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5167     bool Found = false;
5168 
5169     // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5170     if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
5171       for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5172         QualType Base = I.getType();
5173 
5174         // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5175         if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5176           continue;
5177 
5178         if (Found)
5179           return false;
5180         Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5181         if (!Found)
5182           return false;
5183       }
5184 
5185     // Check the fields.
5186     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
5187       // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5188       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5189       // do count.  So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5190       if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5191         return true;
5192 
5193       // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5194       // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5195       if (Found)
5196         return false;
5197       Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5198       if (!Found)
5199         return false;
5200     }
5201 
5202     // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5203     // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5204     return Found;
5205   }
5206 
5207   return false;
5208 }
5209 
5210 llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5211                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5212   // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5213   // struct {
5214   //   i64 __gpr;
5215   //   i64 __fpr;
5216   //   i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5217   //   i8 *__reg_save_area;
5218   // };
5219 
5220   // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5221   // GPRs or FPRs.
5222   Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5223   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5224   bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5225 
5226   llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5227   bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5228   unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5229   if (IsIndirect) {
5230     APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5231     UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5232   } else
5233     UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5234   unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5235   assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5236 
5237   unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5238   unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5239 
5240   unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5241   if (InFPRs) {
5242     MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5243     RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5244     RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5245     RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5246   } else {
5247     MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5248     RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5249     RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5250     RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5251   }
5252 
5253   llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5254     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5255   llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5256   llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5257   llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5258   llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
5259                                                  "fits_in_regs");
5260 
5261   llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5262   llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5263   llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5264   CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5265 
5266   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5267   CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5268 
5269   // Work out the address of an argument register.
5270   llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5271   llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5272     CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5273   llvm::Value *RegBase =
5274     llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5275   llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5276     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5277   llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5278     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5279   llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5280     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5281   llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5282     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5283   llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5284     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5285 
5286   // Update the register count
5287   llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5288   llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5289     CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5290   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5291   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5292 
5293   // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5294   CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5295 
5296   // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5297   llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5298     CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5299   llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5300     CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5301   llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5302   llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5303     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5304   llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5305     CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5306 
5307   // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5308   llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5309     CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5310   CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5311   CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5312 
5313   // Return the appropriate result.
5314   CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5315   llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5316   ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5317   ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5318 
5319   if (IsIndirect)
5320     return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5321 
5322   return ResAddr;
5323 }
5324 
5325 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5326   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5327     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5328   if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5329     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5330   return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5331           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5332 }
5333 
5334 ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5335   // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
5336   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5337     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5338 
5339   // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5340   if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5341     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5342 
5343   // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5344   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5345   if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
5346     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5347 
5348   // Handle small structures.
5349   if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5350     // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5351     // fail the size test above.
5352     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5353     if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5354       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5355 
5356     // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5357     llvm::Type *PassTy;
5358     if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5359       assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5360       if (Size == 32)
5361         PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5362       else
5363         PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5364     } else
5365       PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5366     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5367   }
5368 
5369   // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5370   if (isCompoundType(Ty))
5371     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5372 
5373   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
5374 }
5375 
5376 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5377 // MSP430 ABI Implementation
5378 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5379 
5380 namespace {
5381 
5382 class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5383 public:
5384   MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5385     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5386   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5387                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5388 };
5389 
5390 }
5391 
5392 void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5393                                                   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5394                                              CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5395   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5396     if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5397       // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5398       llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5399 
5400       // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5401       F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5402 
5403       // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
5404       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5405 
5406       // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
5407       unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
5408       llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5409                                 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
5410     }
5411   }
5412 }
5413 
5414 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5415 // MIPS ABI Implementation.  This works for both little-endian and
5416 // big-endian variants.
5417 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5418 
5419 namespace {
5420 class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5421   bool IsO32;
5422   unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5423   void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5424                        SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
5425   llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
5426   llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
5427   llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
5428 public:
5429   MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
5430     ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
5431     StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
5432 
5433   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5434   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
5435   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5436   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5437                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5438 };
5439 
5440 class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5441   unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
5442 public:
5443   MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5444     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
5445       SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
5446 
5447   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5448     return 29;
5449   }
5450 
5451   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5452                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
5453     const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5454     if (!FD) return;
5455     llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5456     if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5457       Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5458     }
5459     else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5460       Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5461     }
5462   }
5463 
5464   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5465                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
5466 
5467   unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
5468     return SizeOfUnwindException;
5469   }
5470 };
5471 }
5472 
5473 void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
5474                                   SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
5475   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5476     llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5477 
5478   // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5479   for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5480     ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5481 
5482   // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5483   unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5484 
5485   if (R)
5486     ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
5487 }
5488 
5489 // In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5490 // a register.
5491 llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
5492   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5493 
5494   if (IsO32) {
5495     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5496     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5497   }
5498 
5499   if (Ty->isComplexType())
5500     return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
5501 
5502   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5503 
5504   // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5505   if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5506     CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5507     return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5508   }
5509 
5510   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5511   const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5512   assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
5513 
5514   uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5515   unsigned idx = 0;
5516   llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5517 
5518   // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5519   // double fields.
5520   for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5521        i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
5522     const QualType Ty = i->getType();
5523     const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5524 
5525     if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5526       continue;
5527 
5528     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5529     if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5530       continue;
5531 
5532     // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5533     for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5534       ArgList.push_back(I64);
5535 
5536     // Add double type.
5537     ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5538     LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5539   }
5540 
5541   CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5542   ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
5543 
5544   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5545 }
5546 
5547 llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5548                                         uint64_t Offset) const {
5549   if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
5550     return nullptr;
5551 
5552   return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
5553 }
5554 
5555 ABIArgInfo
5556 MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
5557   Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
5558 
5559   uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
5560   uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5561   uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5562 
5563   Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5564                    (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
5565   unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5566   Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
5567 
5568   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
5569     // Ignore empty aggregates.
5570     if (TySize == 0)
5571       return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5572 
5573     if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
5574       Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
5575       return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5576     }
5577 
5578     // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5579     // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5580     // aggregate is unaligned.
5581     ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5582         ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
5583                               getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5584     ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5585     return ArgInfo;
5586   }
5587 
5588   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5589   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5590     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5591 
5592   // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
5593   if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
5594     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5595 
5596   return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
5597       nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
5598 }
5599 
5600 llvm::Type*
5601 MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
5602   const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
5603   SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
5604 
5605   if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5606     const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5607     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5608     unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
5609 
5610     // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5611     // following conditions are met:
5612     // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5613     // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5614     //    point types.
5615     // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5616     //
5617     // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5618     //
5619     if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5620       RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5621       for (; b != e; ++b) {
5622         const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5623 
5624         if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5625           break;
5626 
5627         RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
5628       }
5629 
5630       if (b == e)
5631         return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5632                                      RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5633 
5634       RTList.clear();
5635     }
5636   }
5637 
5638   CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
5639   return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5640 }
5641 
5642 ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5643   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5644 
5645   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5646     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5647 
5648   // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
5649   // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
5650   if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
5651     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5652 
5653   if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
5654     if (Size <= 128) {
5655       if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5656         return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5657 
5658       // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
5659       // aggregates in registers.
5660       if (!IsO32 ||
5661           (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
5662         ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
5663             ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5664         ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
5665         return ArgInfo;
5666       }
5667     }
5668 
5669     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5670   }
5671 
5672   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5673   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5674     RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5675 
5676   return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5677           ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5678 }
5679 
5680 void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5681   ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
5682   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5683     RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5684 
5685   // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
5686   uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
5687 
5688   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5689     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
5690 }
5691 
5692 llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5693                                     CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5694   llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5695   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5696 
5697   // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
5698   // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
5699   unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
5700   unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
5701   if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
5702           CGF.getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
5703       (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
5704     Ty = CGF.getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
5705                                                 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
5706   }
5707 
5708   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5709   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5710   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5711   int64_t TypeAlign =
5712       std::min(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, StackAlignInBytes);
5713   llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5714   llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
5715   llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
5716 
5717   if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
5718     llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5719     llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5720     llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5721     llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
5722     llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5723     AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5724   }
5725   else
5726     AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5727 
5728   llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
5729   TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
5730   unsigned ArgSizeInBits = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5731   uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(ArgSizeInBits / 8, TypeAlign);
5732   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5733     Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
5734                       "ap.next");
5735   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5736 
5737   return AddrTyped;
5738 }
5739 
5740 bool
5741 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5742                                                llvm::Value *Address) const {
5743   // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5744   // as canonical as it gets.
5745 
5746   // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes.  Double-precision FP registers
5747   // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
5748   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
5749 
5750   // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5751   // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5752   // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5753   // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
5754   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
5755 
5756   // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5757   // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5758 
5759   // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5760   // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5761   // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5762   // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5763   // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
5764   AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
5765   return false;
5766 }
5767 
5768 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5769 // TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5770 // Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5771 // handling.
5772 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5773 
5774 namespace {
5775 
5776 class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5777 public:
5778   TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5779     : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5780 
5781   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5782                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5783 };
5784 
5785 void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5786                                                llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5787                                                CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5788   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5789   if (!FD) return;
5790 
5791   llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5792 
5793   if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5794     if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5795       // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
5796       F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
5797       const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5798       if (Attr) {
5799         // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5800         llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5801         llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5802             M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5803 
5804         SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
5805         Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
5806 
5807         Operands.push_back(
5808             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5809                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
5810         Operands.push_back(
5811             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5812                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
5813         Operands.push_back(
5814             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
5815                 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
5816 
5817         // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5818         // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5819         // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
5820         Operands.push_back(
5821             llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
5822         OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5823       }
5824     }
5825   }
5826 }
5827 
5828 }
5829 
5830 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5831 // Hexagon ABI Implementation
5832 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5833 
5834 namespace {
5835 
5836 class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5837 
5838 
5839 public:
5840   HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5841 
5842 private:
5843 
5844   ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5845   ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5846 
5847   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5848 
5849   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5850                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
5851 };
5852 
5853 class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5854 public:
5855   HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5856     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5857 
5858   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
5859     return 29;
5860   }
5861 };
5862 
5863 }
5864 
5865 void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
5866   if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5867     FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
5868   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5869     I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
5870 }
5871 
5872 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5873   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5874     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5875     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5876       Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5877 
5878     return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5879             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5880   }
5881 
5882   // Ignore empty records.
5883   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5884     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5885 
5886   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5887     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5888 
5889   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5890   if (Size > 64)
5891     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5892     // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5893   else if (Size > 32)
5894       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5895   else if (Size > 16)
5896       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5897   else if (Size > 8)
5898       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5899   else
5900       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5901 }
5902 
5903 ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5904   if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5905     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5906 
5907   // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5908   if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5909     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5910 
5911   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5912     // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5913     if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5914       RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5915 
5916     return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5917             ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5918   }
5919 
5920   if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5921     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5922 
5923   // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5924   // are returned indirectly.
5925   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5926   if (Size <= 64) {
5927     // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5928     if (Size <= 8)
5929       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5930     if (Size <= 16)
5931       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5932     if (Size <= 32)
5933       return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5934     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5935   }
5936 
5937   return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5938 }
5939 
5940 llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5941                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5942   // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
5943   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
5944 
5945   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5946   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5947                                                        "ap");
5948   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5949   llvm::Type *PTy =
5950     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5951   llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5952 
5953   uint64_t Offset =
5954     llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5955   llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5956     Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5957                       "ap.next");
5958   Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5959 
5960   return AddrTyped;
5961 }
5962 
5963 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5964 // AMDGPU ABI Implementation
5965 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5966 
5967 namespace {
5968 
5969 class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5970 public:
5971   AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5972     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5973   void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5974                            CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
5975 };
5976 
5977 }
5978 
5979 void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(
5980   const Decl *D,
5981   llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5982   CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5983   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5984   if (!FD)
5985     return;
5986 
5987   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
5988     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5989     uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
5990     if (NumVGPR != 0)
5991       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
5992   }
5993 
5994   if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
5995     llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5996     unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
5997     if (NumSGPR != 0)
5998       F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
5999   }
6000 }
6001 
6002 
6003 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6004 // SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6005 // Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6006 //
6007 // Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6008 // registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6009 // the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6010 //
6011 // One case requires special care:
6012 //
6013 //   struct mixed {
6014 //     int i;
6015 //     float f;
6016 //   };
6017 //
6018 // When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6019 // parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6020 // is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6021 // with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6022 //
6023 //   declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6024 //
6025 // The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6026 // the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6027 // bytes.
6028 //
6029 namespace {
6030 class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6031 public:
6032   SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6033 
6034 private:
6035   ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
6036   void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
6037   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6038                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6039 
6040   // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6041   // serves two purposes:
6042   //
6043   // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6044   //    in registers.
6045   // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6046   //    code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6047   //
6048   // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6049   // aligned 32-bit floats.
6050   //
6051   struct CoerceBuilder {
6052     llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6053     const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6054     SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6055     uint64_t Size;
6056     bool InReg;
6057 
6058     CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6059       : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6060 
6061     // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6062     void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6063       assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6064       if (ToSize == Size)
6065         return;
6066 
6067       // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6068       uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6069       if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6070         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6071         Size = Aligned;
6072       }
6073 
6074       // Add whole 64-bit words.
6075       while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6076         Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6077         Size += 64;
6078       }
6079 
6080       // Final in-word padding.
6081       if (Size < ToSize) {
6082         Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6083         Size = ToSize;
6084       }
6085     }
6086 
6087     // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6088     void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6089       // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6090       if (Offset % Bits)
6091         return;
6092       // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6093       if (Bits < 64)
6094         InReg = true;
6095       pad(Offset);
6096       Elems.push_back(Ty);
6097       Size = Offset + Bits;
6098     }
6099 
6100     // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6101     void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6102       const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6103       for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6104         llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6105         uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6106         switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6107         case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6108           addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6109           break;
6110         case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6111           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6112           break;
6113         case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6114           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6115           break;
6116         case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6117           addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6118           break;
6119         case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6120           if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6121             pad(ElemOffset);
6122             Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6123             Size += 64;
6124           }
6125           break;
6126         default:
6127           break;
6128         }
6129       }
6130     }
6131 
6132     // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6133     bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
6134       return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
6135     }
6136 
6137     // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6138     llvm::Type *getType() const {
6139       if (Elems.size() == 1)
6140         return Elems.front();
6141       else
6142         return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6143     }
6144   };
6145 };
6146 } // end anonymous namespace
6147 
6148 ABIArgInfo
6149 SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6150   if (Ty->isVoidType())
6151     return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6152 
6153   uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6154 
6155   // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6156   // pointer / sret pointer.
6157   if (Size > SizeLimit)
6158     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
6159 
6160   // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6161   if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6162     Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6163 
6164   // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6165   if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6166     return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6167 
6168   // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6169   if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6170     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6171 
6172   // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6173   // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6174   if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
6175     return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
6176 
6177   // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
6178   // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6179   llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6180   if (!StrTy)
6181     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6182 
6183   CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6184   CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6185   CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6186 
6187   // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6188   llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6189 
6190   if (CB.InReg)
6191     return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6192   else
6193     return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
6194 }
6195 
6196 llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6197                                        CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6198   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6199   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6200   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6201     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6202 
6203   llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6204   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6205   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6206   llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6207   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6208   llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6209   unsigned Stride;
6210 
6211   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6212   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6213   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6214     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6215 
6216   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6217     Stride = 8;
6218     ArgAddr = Builder
6219       .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6220                           "extend");
6221     break;
6222 
6223   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6224     Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6225     ArgAddr = Addr;
6226     break;
6227 
6228   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6229     Stride = 8;
6230     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6231                                     llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6232                                     "indirect");
6233     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6234     break;
6235 
6236   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6237     return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6238   }
6239 
6240   // Update VAList.
6241   Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6242   Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6243 
6244   return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
6245 }
6246 
6247 void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6248   FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
6249   for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6250     I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
6251 }
6252 
6253 namespace {
6254 class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6255 public:
6256   SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6257     : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6258 
6259   int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
6260     return 14;
6261   }
6262 
6263   bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6264                                llvm::Value *Address) const override;
6265 };
6266 } // end anonymous namespace
6267 
6268 bool
6269 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6270                                                 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6271   // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6272   // against gcc output.  AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6273 
6274   CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6275 
6276   llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6277   llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6278   llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6279 
6280   // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6281   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6282 
6283   // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6284   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6285 
6286   //   Y   = 64
6287   //   PSR = 65
6288   //   WIM = 66
6289   //   TBR = 67
6290   //   PC  = 68
6291   //   NPC = 69
6292   //   FSR = 70
6293   //   CSR = 71
6294   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6295 
6296   // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6297   AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6298 
6299   return false;
6300 }
6301 
6302 
6303 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6304 // XCore ABI Implementation
6305 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6306 
6307 namespace {
6308 
6309 /// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6310 /// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6311 typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6312 
6313 /// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6314 ///
6315 /// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6316 ///   1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6317 ///   2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6318 ///
6319 /// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6320 ///   NonRecursive:   The type encoding is not recursive;
6321 ///   Recursive:      The type encoding is recursive;
6322 ///   Incomplete:     An incomplete TypeString;
6323 ///   IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6324 ///                   Recursive type encoding.
6325 ///
6326 /// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6327 /// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6328 /// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6329 /// the type is encountered.
6330 ///
6331 /// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6332 /// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6333 /// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6334 /// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6335 /// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6336 ///
6337 /// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6338 /// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6339 /// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6340 /// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6341 /// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6342 ///
6343 /// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6344 ///
6345 ///   If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6346 ///   cached encoding is used;
6347 ///
6348 ///   If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6349 ///   cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6350 ///
6351 ///   If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6352 ///   cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6353 ///
6354 ///   Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6355 ///   entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6356 ///   it is swapped back in;
6357 ///
6358 ///   If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6359 ///   entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6360 ///   IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6361 ///
6362 ///   If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6363 ///   IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6364 ///   Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6365 ///   been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6366 ///
6367 class TypeStringCache {
6368   enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6369   struct Entry {
6370     std::string Str;     // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6371     enum Status State;   // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6372     std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6373                          // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6374   };
6375   std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6376   unsigned IncompleteCount;     // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6377   unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6378 public:
6379   TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
6380   void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6381   bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6382   void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6383                      bool IsRecursive);
6384   StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6385 };
6386 
6387 /// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
6388 /// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6389 class FieldEncoding {
6390   bool HasName;
6391   std::string Enc;
6392 public:
6393   FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6394   StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6395   bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6396     if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6397     return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6398   }
6399 };
6400 
6401 class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6402 public:
6403   XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
6404   llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6405                          CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
6406 };
6407 
6408 class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6409   mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
6410 public:
6411   XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6412     :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6413   void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6414                     CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6415 };
6416 
6417 } // End anonymous namespace.
6418 
6419 llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6420                                      CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
6421   CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6422 
6423   // Get the VAList.
6424   llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6425                                                        CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6426   llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
6427 
6428   // Handle the argument.
6429   ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6430   llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6431   if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6432     AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6433   llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6434   llvm::Value *Val;
6435   uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
6436   switch (AI.getKind()) {
6437   case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
6438   case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
6439     llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6440   case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6441     Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6442     ArgSize = 0;
6443     break;
6444   case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6445   case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6446     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6447     ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6448     if (ArgSize < 4)
6449       ArgSize = 4;
6450     break;
6451   case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6452     llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6453     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6454     ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
6455     Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6456     ArgSize = 4;
6457     break;
6458   }
6459 
6460   // Increment the VAList.
6461   if (ArgSize) {
6462     llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6463     Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6464   }
6465   return Val;
6466 }
6467 
6468 /// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6469 /// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6470 /// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6471 /// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6472 /// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6473 void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6474                                     std::string StubEnc) {
6475   if (!ID)
6476     return;
6477   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6478   assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6479          "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6480   assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6481   E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6482   E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6483   E.State = Incomplete;
6484   ++IncompleteCount;
6485 }
6486 
6487 /// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6488 /// must be removed from the cache.
6489 /// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6490 /// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6491 bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6492   if (!ID)
6493     return false;
6494   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6495   assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6496   Entry &E = I->second;
6497   assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6498            E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6499          "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6500   bool IsRecursive = false;
6501   if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6502     // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6503     IsRecursive = true;
6504     --IncompleteUsedCount;
6505   }
6506   if (E.Swapped.empty())
6507     Map.erase(I);
6508   else {
6509     // Swap the Recursive back.
6510     E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6511     E.Swapped.clear();
6512     E.State = Recursive;
6513   }
6514   --IncompleteCount;
6515   return IsRecursive;
6516 }
6517 
6518 /// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6519 /// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6520 void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6521                                     bool IsRecursive) {
6522   if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6523     return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6524   Entry &E = Map[ID];
6525   if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6526     assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6527            "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6528     // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6529     // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6530     // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6531     return;
6532   }
6533   assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6534   E.Str = Str.str();
6535   E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6536 }
6537 
6538 /// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6539 /// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6540 /// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6541 StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6542   if (!ID)
6543     return StringRef();   // We have no key.
6544   auto I = Map.find(ID);
6545   if (I == Map.end())
6546     return StringRef();   // We have no encoding.
6547   Entry &E = I->second;
6548   if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6549     return StringRef();   // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6550 
6551   if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6552     // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6553     E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6554     ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6555   }
6556   return E.Str.c_str();
6557 }
6558 
6559 /// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6560 /// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6561 /// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6562 /// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6563 /// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6564 /// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6565 ///
6566 /// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6567 /// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6568 /// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6569 /// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6570 ///
6571 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6572                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6573 
6574 /// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6575 void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6576                                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6577   SmallStringEnc Enc;
6578   if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6579     llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6580     llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
6581     MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
6582     MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6583     llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6584       CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6585     MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6586   }
6587 }
6588 
6589 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6590                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6591                        TypeStringCache &TSC);
6592 
6593 /// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6594 /// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6595 static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6596                              const RecordDecl *RD,
6597                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6598                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6599   for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
6600     SmallStringEnc Enc;
6601     Enc += "m(";
6602     Enc += Field->getName();
6603     Enc += "){";
6604     if (Field->isBitField()) {
6605       Enc += "b(";
6606       llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6607       OS.resync();
6608       OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6609       OS.flush();
6610       Enc += ':';
6611     }
6612     if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6613       return false;
6614     if (Field->isBitField())
6615       Enc += ')';
6616     Enc += '}';
6617     FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc));
6618   }
6619   return true;
6620 }
6621 
6622 /// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6623 /// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6624 /// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6625 static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6626                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6627                              TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6628   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6629   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6630   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6631     Enc += TypeString;
6632     return true;
6633   }
6634 
6635   // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6636   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6637   Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6638   Enc += '(';
6639   if (ID)
6640     Enc += ID->getName();
6641   Enc += "){";
6642 
6643   // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6644   bool IsRecursive = false;
6645   const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6646   if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6647     // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6648     // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6649     // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
6650     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6651     std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6652     StubEnc += '}';  // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6653     TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6654     if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6655       (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6656       return false;
6657     }
6658     IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6659     // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6660     // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6661     if (RT->isUnionType())
6662       std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6663     // We can now complete the TypeString.
6664     unsigned E = FE.size();
6665     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6666       if (I)
6667         Enc += ',';
6668       Enc += FE[I].str();
6669     }
6670   }
6671   Enc += '}';
6672   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6673   return true;
6674 }
6675 
6676 /// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6677 static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6678                            TypeStringCache &TSC,
6679                            const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6680   // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6681   StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6682   if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6683     Enc += TypeString;
6684     return true;
6685   }
6686 
6687   size_t Start = Enc.size();
6688   Enc += "e(";
6689   if (ID)
6690     Enc += ID->getName();
6691   Enc += "){";
6692 
6693   // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
6694   if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
6695     SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6696     for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6697          ++I) {
6698       SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6699       EnumEnc += "m(";
6700       EnumEnc += I->getName();
6701       EnumEnc += "){";
6702       I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6703       EnumEnc += '}';
6704       FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6705     }
6706     std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6707     unsigned E = FE.size();
6708     for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6709       if (I)
6710         Enc += ',';
6711       Enc += FE[I].str();
6712     }
6713   }
6714   Enc += '}';
6715   TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6716   return true;
6717 }
6718 
6719 /// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6720 /// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6721 static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6722   // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6723   static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6724   int Lookup = 0;
6725   if (QT.isConstQualified())
6726     Lookup += 1<<0;
6727   if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6728     Lookup += 1<<1;
6729   if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6730     Lookup += 1<<2;
6731   Enc += Table[Lookup];
6732 }
6733 
6734 /// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6735 static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6736   const char *EncType;
6737   switch (BT->getKind()) {
6738     case BuiltinType::Void:
6739       EncType = "0";
6740       break;
6741     case BuiltinType::Bool:
6742       EncType = "b";
6743       break;
6744     case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6745       EncType = "uc";
6746       break;
6747     case BuiltinType::UChar:
6748       EncType = "uc";
6749       break;
6750     case BuiltinType::SChar:
6751       EncType = "sc";
6752       break;
6753     case BuiltinType::UShort:
6754       EncType = "us";
6755       break;
6756     case BuiltinType::Short:
6757       EncType = "ss";
6758       break;
6759     case BuiltinType::UInt:
6760       EncType = "ui";
6761       break;
6762     case BuiltinType::Int:
6763       EncType = "si";
6764       break;
6765     case BuiltinType::ULong:
6766       EncType = "ul";
6767       break;
6768     case BuiltinType::Long:
6769       EncType = "sl";
6770       break;
6771     case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6772       EncType = "ull";
6773       break;
6774     case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6775       EncType = "sll";
6776       break;
6777     case BuiltinType::Float:
6778       EncType = "ft";
6779       break;
6780     case BuiltinType::Double:
6781       EncType = "d";
6782       break;
6783     case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6784       EncType = "ld";
6785       break;
6786     default:
6787       return false;
6788   }
6789   Enc += EncType;
6790   return true;
6791 }
6792 
6793 /// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6794 static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6795                               const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6796                               TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6797   Enc += "p(";
6798   if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6799     return false;
6800   Enc += ')';
6801   return true;
6802 }
6803 
6804 /// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
6805 static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6806                             const ArrayType *AT,
6807                             const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6808                             TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6809   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6810     return false;
6811   Enc += "a(";
6812   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6813     CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6814   else
6815     Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6816   Enc += ':';
6817   // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6818   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6819   if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6820     return false;
6821   Enc += ')';
6822   return true;
6823 }
6824 
6825 /// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6826 /// and the arguments.
6827 static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6828                              const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6829                              TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6830   Enc += "f{";
6831   if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6832     return false;
6833   Enc += "}(";
6834   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6835     // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6836     auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6837     auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6838     if (I != E) {
6839       do {
6840         if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6841           return false;
6842         ++I;
6843         if (I != E)
6844           Enc += ',';
6845       } while (I != E);
6846       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6847         Enc += ",va";
6848     } else {
6849       if (FPT->isVariadic())
6850         Enc += "va";
6851       else
6852         Enc += '0';
6853     }
6854   }
6855   Enc += ')';
6856   return true;
6857 }
6858 
6859 /// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6860 /// type encodings.
6861 static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6862                        const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6863                        TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6864 
6865   QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6866 
6867   if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6868     // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6869     // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6870     return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6871 
6872   appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6873 
6874   if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6875     return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6876 
6877   if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6878     return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6879 
6880   if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6881     return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6882 
6883   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6884     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6885 
6886   if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6887     return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6888 
6889   if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6890     return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6891 
6892   return false;
6893 }
6894 
6895 static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6896                           CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6897   if (!D)
6898     return false;
6899 
6900   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6901     if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6902       return false;
6903     return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6904   }
6905 
6906   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6907     if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6908       return false;
6909     QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6910     if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6911       // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
6912       // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6913       // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6914       return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
6915     }
6916     return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6917   }
6918   return false;
6919 }
6920 
6921 
6922 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6923 // Driver code
6924 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6925 
6926 const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
6927   return getTarget().getTriple();
6928 }
6929 
6930 bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
6931   return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
6932 }
6933 
6934 const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
6935   if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6936     return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
6937 
6938   const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
6939   switch (Triple.getArch()) {
6940   default:
6941     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6942 
6943   case llvm::Triple::le32:
6944     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6945   case llvm::Triple::mips:
6946   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
6947     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6948 
6949   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6950   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
6951     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6952 
6953   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
6954   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
6955     AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
6956     if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
6957       Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
6958 
6959     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6960   }
6961 
6962   case llvm::Triple::arm:
6963   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
6964   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
6965   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
6966     {
6967       if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
6968         TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6969             new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
6970         return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
6971       }
6972 
6973       ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
6974       if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
6975         Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
6976       else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
6977                (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6978                 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
6979         Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6980 
6981       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6982     }
6983 
6984   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
6985     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6986   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
6987     if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
6988       PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6989       if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
6990         Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6991 
6992       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6993                new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6994     } else
6995       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6996   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
6997     assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
6998     PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6999     if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1")
7000       Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
7001 
7002     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7003              new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
7004   }
7005 
7006   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7007   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
7008     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7009 
7010   case llvm::Triple::msp430:
7011     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7012 
7013   case llvm::Triple::systemz:
7014     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7015 
7016   case llvm::Triple::tce:
7017     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7018 
7019   case llvm::Triple::x86: {
7020     bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
7021     bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
7022         X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
7023     bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
7024 
7025     if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7026       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7027                new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7028                                               IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7029                                               IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7030                                               CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7031     } else {
7032       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7033                new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7034                                            IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
7035                                            IsWin32FloatStructABI,
7036                                            CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
7037     }
7038   }
7039 
7040   case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
7041     bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
7042 
7043     switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7044     case llvm::Triple::Win32:
7045       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7046                    new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7047     case llvm::Triple::PS4:
7048       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7049     default:
7050       return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7051                    new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, HasAVX));
7052     }
7053   }
7054   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7055     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7056   case llvm::Triple::r600:
7057     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7058   case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7059     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7060   case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7061     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7062   case llvm::Triple::xcore:
7063     return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7064   }
7065 }
7066